ML101690137: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(One intermediate revision by the same user not shown)
Line 3: Line 3:
| issue date = 06/16/2010
| issue date = 06/16/2010
| title = University of Wisconsin-Madison Nuclear Reactor Laboratory Response to Request for Additional Information for License Renewal to Facility License No. R-74
| title = University of Wisconsin-Madison Nuclear Reactor Laboratory Response to Request for Additional Information for License Renewal to Facility License No. R-74
| author name = Agasie R J
| author name = Agasie R
| author affiliation = Univ of Wisconsin - Madison
| author affiliation = Univ of Wisconsin - Madison
| addressee name =  
| addressee name =  
Line 18: Line 18:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:Nuclear Reactor Laboratory UWNR University of Wisconsin-Madison 1513 University Avenue, Room 1215 ME, Madison, WI 53706-1687, Tel: (608) 262-3392, FAX: (608) 262-8590 email: reactor@engr.wisc.edu, hftp://reactor.engr.wisc.edu June 16, 2010 RSC 1048 United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission ATTN: Document Control Desk Washington, D.C. 20555  
{{#Wiki_filter:Nuclear Reactor Laboratory UWNR University of Wisconsin-Madison 1513 University Avenue, Room 1215 ME,   Madison, WI 53706-1687, Tel: (608) 262-3392,   FAX: (608) 262-8590 email: reactor@engr.wisc.edu, hftp://reactor.engr.wisc.edu June 16,       2010                                                                         RSC 1048 United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission ATTN: Document Control Desk Washington, D.C. 20555


==Subject:==
==Subject:==
Line 24: Line 24:


==Dear Sirs:==
==Dear Sirs:==
By letter, dated May 3, 2010, the Commission has requested additional information in order to complete the review for the University of Wisconsin Nuclear Reactor's (UWNR) request to renew facility license number R-74.Enclosed are the responses to the request for additional information.
 
The responses are provided in the same order as the Commission's requests.
By letter,         dated May 3, 2010, the Commission has requested additional information in order to complete the review for the University of Wisconsin Nuclear Reactor's (UWNR) request to renew facility           license number R-74.
The format of the enclosure is to restate the request followed by the response.
Enclosed are the responses to the request for additional information.           The responses are provided in the same order as the Commission's requests.                     The format of the enclosure is to restate the request followed by the response.                                     The original request is counter shaded to aid in the separation between request and response.
The original request is counter shaded to aid in the separation between request and response.I certify under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.Sincerely, Executed on. ///' 6Robert J. gai e Reactor Director Enclosure Responses to License Renewal Request for Additional Information Licensee's Response: Reactor pool water is analyzed monthly for radioactivity.
I certify under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is                                         true and correct.
No activity with a half-life greater than 24 hours has ever been detected in pool water samples except for tritium, at typical concentrations of 1.3E-4 pCi/ml which is approximately 10% of the effluent release limit in 10 CFR 20 Appendix B Table 2. Radioactivity with a half-life less than 24 hours is routinely produced from full power operations including Na-24 (T 1/2=14.95hr, activated from aluminum structure), Mg-27 (T 1/2=9.45min, activated from aluminum structure), N-16 (T 1/2=7.13sec, activated from oxygen in water), and 0-19 (T ,/2=26.9sec, activated from oxygen in water).In addition to analyzing routine monthly water samples, non-routine water sample analysis is initiated if other indications of increased radioactivity in the pool water exist, such as abnormally high continuous air monitor activity (which takes its suction directly above the pool water surface) or demineralizer area radiation monitor activity.A 40 year history of monthly pool water make up is depicted in figure 1 below. Water is routinely added to the pool to make up for losses due to evaporation, sampling, and even thermal contraction of the water. The average make-up volume, excluding those periods of time. of known leakage, is approximately 450 gallons per month. The standard deviation in the make-up rate is 150 gallons and is due to variations in seasonal temperatures, humidity, the number of full power operations in a month and even the number of days in the month.Because the original cooling system utilized a cooling tower as the ultimate heat sink, the cyclic trend of summer temperatures can be seen to increase the pool make-up due to increased evaporation as a result of increased pool water temperatures.
Sincerely, Executed on.             ///'   Z*,/
During previous pool leaks it has been shown that the cyclic change in pool water-temperature during full power runs led to excessive flexing of the aluminum pool liner given the large coefficient of thermal expansion for aluminum.
6Robert J. gai e Reactor Director Enclosure
As the aluminum liner stretched and contracted, minor cracks in the pool liner welds were formed, and then re-sealed as the temperature stabilized.
 
Historically the only known leak path has been through cracks in the corner welds around the thermal column, through the pool concrete and into the compacted fill below.Page 1 of 25 2000..July 2002 Reactor Pool > 130F 1750 May 2008 Overcoolinging Event 1986M Po I eakSummer 198688 ool eak2003 1500 2001 Primary Pump -2003 New Cooling 15System Instaled CPrimary Healt Exchanger Chemical Cleaning October 2004 Overheating 01000 Y 1996 Pool Leak 750___ Demin Pump Excessive Make-Up FaiIure 500 I 250 0 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 Figure 1, Historical Pool Water Makeup Trend Page 2 of 25 Following the development of the 2002 leak, the cyclic nature of the increased leakage as a function of increased pool water temperature is obvious by observing the cessation of the leak in December 2002 and the reoccurrence in the summer of 2003. This trend of thermal cycling the aluminum liner and increased leakage is also demonstrated by an over-heating event in 2004 and an over-cooling event in 2008 that occurred at the facility following installation of the new cooling system.Minor leaks are most easily detected by observing the monthly volume of make-up water added to the pool. Make-up volumes that exceed 600 gallons a month are excessive.
Responses to License Renewal Request for Additional Information Licensee's Response:
This is evident in figure 1, where every leakage event correlates with make-up water volumes in excess of 600 gallons. Evaporation rates at the pool surface are also measured over a 24 hour period and can be correlated with the volume of monthly make-up water; however, these 24 hour evaporative rates have an uncertainty of +/- 5 gallons per day. Any volume of water exceeding normal losses is assumed to be lost to the environment and is reported as a direct environmental release.b, With thisinfor ation, plsethendscuss how current Urlae poicies ra proceduries assoiataed with thepoolt b akage meet the requirementse fitl o the po o Federat RegulatiR s 10 ..FR) Sectiont20.1 t32(a) toer mnitor releases to the environm'ent.
Reactor pool water is analyzed monthly for radioactivity. No activity with a half-life greater than 24 hours has ever been detected in pool water samples except for tritium, at typical concentrations of 1.3E-4 pCi/ml which is approximately 10% of the effluent release limit in 10 CFR 20 Appendix B Table 2. Radioactivity with a half-life less than 24 hours is routinely produced from full power operations including Na-24 (T1/2=14.95hr, activated from aluminum structure), Mg-27 (T1/2 =9.45min, activated from aluminum structure), N-16 (T 1/2=7.13sec, activated from oxygen in water), and 0-19 (T, /2=26.9sec, activated from oxygen in water).
Additionally, please discuss any plansfor~
In addition to analyzing routine monthly water samples, non-routine water sample analysis is initiated if other indications of increased radioactivity in the pool water exist, such as abnormally high continuous air monitor activity (which takes its suction directly above the pool water surface) or demineralizer area radiation monitor activity.
phsclyadesn the known wealdake pathsrincluding any leakage rates that wl be used ast w adecision poinu forb takndg ft uthep ation.Licensee's Response: The monitoring of environmental releases per 10 CeR 20.1302(a) is satisfied by routine analysis of pool water activity and making the assumption that all water loss exceeding normal losses is a direct environmental release. Isotopes with a half-life shorter than 24 hours are neglected because the leak path is into the compacted fill below the pool concrete, and the SAR section 13.1.9 estimates that water leaking directly into the ground would take approximately 55 years to travel to the nearest city well where it could be exposed to the public.The root cause of the environmental releases was determined to be thermal cycling of the reactor pool liner as discussed above in response to RAI l.a. To address the large pool water temperature swings (which would range from 75-1s25 0 F) a new cooling system was installed in September 2003 which has enough capacity to maintain pool water temperature at a steady 80VF. Since then there have been no significant increases in pool water temperature resulting in minor pool leaks with the exception of an over-heating event in October 2004 and over-cooling event in May 2008. The over-heating event occurred when an operator failed to turn the cooling system on after performing a normal reactor startup to full power, During the over-cooling event, an operator decreased reactor power from 100%to 5% without turning off the cooling system. The cooling system is designed to reject 1MW and will automatically control a variable frequency drive to maintain a steady temperature; however, the VFD has a minimum frequency of 20Hz and was not able to reduce cooling capacity any -further at such a low heat load. Both instances initiated a brief recurrence of the minor pool leak. Following the over-heating event a procedure change was initiated, however following the second event a "Sy stem Temperature High/Low" annunciator was added to the console alarm panel in order to warn the operator to turn off the cooling system or increase reactor power. There have been no further pool leaks.Page 3 of 25 Even though the pool is not currently leaking, make-up water volume, evaporation rate and pool water activity continue to be monitored.
A 40 year history of monthly pool water make up is depicted in figure 1 below. Water is routinely added to the pool to make up for losses due to evaporation, sampling, and even thermal contraction of the water. The average make-up volume, excluding those periods of time. of known leakage, is approximately 450 gallons per month. The standard deviation in the make-up rate is 150 gallons and is due to variations in seasonal temperatures, humidity, the number of full power operations in a month and even the number of days in the month.
It is the facility's goal to permanently eliminate the leak; however, due to financial and ALARA considerations, increased monitoring has been implemented while a cost effective, low dose solution is sought. However, the Reactor Safety Committee (RSC) in 2003 mandated reactor shutdown and an immediate repair if the following action levels are reached.Action Level 1 Pool water make-up greater than 2200 gallons per month. (The basis for this action level is that 2200 gallons per month is equal to 73 gallons per day which is approximately 80% of the rated still capacity.)
Because the original cooling system utilized a cooling tower as the ultimate heat sink, the cyclic trend of summer temperatures can be seen to increase the pool make-up due to increased evaporation as a result of increased pool water temperatures.
Action Level 2 Pool water activity approaching 80% of 1.0 CFR 20, Appendix B, Table II water effluent concentration limits for isotopes with half lives greater than 24 hours..Regulation 10 CFR Part 20.Appendix B Table 2 lists'the maximum xalloabl con~centration value. for Ar-4'1 at IE-8 Ci/m equivalentwto the radioniuclide concentr~ations which. if inhaled origetdcotnoul ve h1C~ of atyearol produce a total effective dosection 1e1.1.1n 1.2 o f the doN SafetyAnaly is uepo it nSgR)eratima ts that n tatypial year o peration the maximum concentration ited whithe pubwic woeuldbe exposed Wouldsed abo 331 E-9 Ci/m, i rsultining a maimum dose to them pbi pof 06 rnrm/yr. The estimnated vau ofI 3.1E-9 Ci/m` is 9bdt one-thirdlower tan, the 10 CFR 20 Appendix B Tab 2value and threfore ted dose would be higher.Please discaussathe do___se cappendioun Licensee's Response: In section 11.1.1.1.2, the EPA COMPLY code calculated dose of 0.6 mrem/yr is assuming operation of the ventilation system, whereas the maximum concentration cited above which the public would be exposed, 3.31 E-9 Ci/m 3 , is assuming the ventilation system is inoperable.
During previous pool leaks it has been shown that the cyclic change in pool water
However, following the methodology of comparing to 10 CFR 20 Appendix B Table 2 limits, as calculated in the SAR Appendix A the maximum ground-level concentration with operation of the ventilation system and the maximum hypothetical Ar-41 release rate of 13.3 pCi/sec is 1.25E-9 Ci/m 3.This value is 12.5% of the 10 CFR Part 20 Appendix B Table 2 limit of 1.OE-8 Ci/m 3 , and therefore should theoretically result in a dose of 6.3 mrem/yr which is about 10 times the value of 0.6 mrem/yr reported in the SAR. The EPA COMPLY code calculation was performed at the nearest residence 133 meters to the west, and using averaged wind rose data ranging from 4.01 to 5.30 m/s. Wind speed and frequency records were obtained from the International Station Meteorological Climate Summary jointly produced by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, the United States Air Force, and the United States Navy. The data specifically compiled for Madison was obtained from the National Weather Service and was for the period of record from 1948 to 1995. The calculations in the SAR Appendix A were performed at the location of maximum ground-level concentration and using the minimum reported monthly average wind speed of 3.54 m/s.Page 4 of 25 However, the methodology for calculating air effluent .releases was updated and approved in the LEU Conversion SAR. Using the updated methodology, the maximum ground-level concentration with operation of the ventilation system is 4.78E-1 0 Ci/m 3.This, value is 4.8%of the 10 CFR Part 20 Appendix B Table 2 limit and therefore should theoretically result in a dose of 2.4 mrem/yr. Furthermore, the approved LEU Conversion SAR in section 13.1.4 includes an updated methodology for calculating whole-body dose from immersion in a radioactive cloud. Using this methodology, with an effective dose coefficient for Ar-41 of 0.2405 rem-m 3/Ci-s, the dose from being exposed to the maximum ground-level concentration with operation of the ventilation system is calculated to be 3.6 mrem/yr.The EPA COMPLY code calculation was also repeated with the receptor at the site boundary rather than the nearest residence.
-temperature during full power runs led to excessive flexing of the aluminum pool liner given the large coefficient of thermal expansion for aluminum. As the aluminum liner stretched and contracted, minor cracks in the pool liner welds were formed, and then re-sealed as the temperature stabilized. Historically the only known leak path has been through cracks in the corner welds around the thermal column, through the pool concrete and into the compacted fill below.
The calculated dose was 67 mrem/yr.However, this assumes the maximum hypothetical Ar-41 release rate of 13.3 pCi/sec with continuous operation year-round resulting in a hypothetical annual release of 420 Ci. The highest recorded annual release is only 3.04 Ci which would result in an EPA COMPLY code calculated dose of only 0.5 mrem/yr.NUREG-1 537 Section 12.8 provides guidance fpinclsng abrief discson of security planning in the S eR. They UNR SAR Seedtion 12.8 staRes, Tetion1 will ire revision as a resu~lt of this Safety Analys~is Report, since some figuires from the previous Safety AnaiysisýReport are iniclude &by referenice." In a letter dated March 31. 2009,UWNR updated the Security Pla n aceordance with 10 CFRR5&( p)2). Pleae verify that5U.4NRha no intentionto further revisecty plan Secrired as a result Of this license renewalS o Submnit a revised Security Plan for approval as a supplement tot1eLjC;1~s eea ,Apicat~h9ion Licensee's Response: The changes to the security plan referenced in the SAR section 12.8 were incorporated into the security plan revision dated March 31, 2009 in accordance with 10 CFR 50.54(p)(2).
Page 1 of 25
No further changes to the security plan are required as a result of the license renewal.Page 5 of 25 Licensee's Response: The general evacuation procedure, UWNR 150 "Reactor Accident, Fission Product Release, or Major Spill of Radioactive Materials," identifies the areas to be evacuated and describes the evacuation alarm system which alerts members of the public to evacuate.Members of the public are instructed on the plan by use of red-framed evacuation notices which are posted throughout the building along with floor maps indicating evacuation routes.The notice reads: "In the event of'an accident at the Nuclear Reactor Laboratory, an evacuation signal may be given. This signal will be a slow whoopfrom horns located throughout the evacuation zone. In addition, backlit panels will give a flashing indication of: RADIATION ALARM LEAVE THIS AREA When the horn sounds, this area is to be evacuated and all personnel shall proceed to the north wing of the Mechanical Engineering and then down to the University Avenue main floor lounge/lobby.
 
Alternatively, personnel can proceed to any location farther away from the Reactor Laboratory.
2000..
An evacuation drill is performed annually to verify operation of the evacuation alarm system and to provide training for both reactor staff and building occupants.
July 2002 Reactor Pool > 130F 1750 May 2008 Overcoolinging Event 1986M         Po         I     eakSummer 198688               ool           eak2003 1500 2001 Primary Pump                             -
Prior to the evacuation drill the building occupants are informed of the upcoming drill and reminded of the appropriate evacuation routes. During the drill the reactor staff assures people are evacuating and provides additional training to building occupants as needed. Historically evacuation drills have demonstrated that building occupants are evacuated within 5 minutes.In the event of an evacuation alarm, the site boundary is verified evacuated by the operating staff, with assistance from the University of Wisconsin Police Department (UWPD) as necessary.
2003 New Cooling
Access into the evacuated site boundary is controlled by the operating staff and UWPD.Page 6 of 25 Licensee's Response: The changes to the technical specifications related to the LEU conversion, approved as Amendment 17 to the license, have been incorporated into a revision to the proposed technical specifications submitted as part of the 2000 license renewal application.
  ,*1250                                                                                                          15System Instaled CPrimary                                                                               Healt Exchanger Chemical Cleaning                     October 2004 Overheating 01000 Y                                                                               1996 Pool Leak 750___                                                                                       Demin Pump Excessive Make-Up                                                                                               FaiIure 500                                                                                                                         I 250 0
The proposed technical specifications are included as Attachment 1 to this response.6. NU REOG- 1 sit at es th ait t h e f'ormniaft a nd content of the T olwta f mrcnNtoa Standards I nstitute dAmerican Nuclear Soceity (ANSI/ANS) 1~5. 1, '2The Development of Technical Spe~cifcations for Research Re~actors.
1970             1975       1980     1985               1990           1995                   2000     2005               2010 Figure 1, Historical Pool Water Makeup Trend Page 2 of 25
ANSI/ANS-1 5.1-2007 provides a definition~
 
of 'reactor secured.'
Following the development of the 2002 leak, the cyclic nature of the increased leakage as a function of increased pool water temperature is obvious by observing the cessation of the leak in December 2002 and the reoccurrence in the summer of 2003. This trend of thermal cycling the aluminum liner and increased leakage is also demonstrated by an over-heating event in 2004 and an over-cooling event in 2008 that occurred at the facility following installation of the new cooling system.
Ple~ase eval1uate UWVNR TS 1.3.1.2(a) against th tnaddeiiino.,reacto secu red." Licensee's Response: TS 1.3 definition of "Reactor Secured" 2 is revised to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
Minor leaks are most easily detected by observing the monthly volume of make-up water added to the pool. Make-up volumes that exceed 600 gallons a month are excessive. This is evident in figure 1, where every leakage event correlates with make-up water volumes in excess of 600 gallons. Evaporation rates at the pool surface are also measured over a 24 hour period and can be correlated with the volume of monthly make-up water; however, these 24 hour evaporative rates have an uncertainty of +/- 5 gallons per day. Any volume of water exceeding normal losses is assumed to be lost to the environment and is reported as a direct environmental release.
b, With thisinfor ation, plsethendscuss how current Urlae poicies                   proceduries ra assoiataed with thepoolt b         akage meet the requirementse     fitl     o the po o Federat   RegulatiR s     10FR) ..Sectiont20.1 t32(a) toermnitor releases tothe environm'ent. Additionally, please discuss any plansfor~ phsclyadesn the known wealdake pathsrincluding any leakage rates that wl be usedwastadecision poinuforb takndg ftuthep ation.
Licensee's Response:
The monitoring of environmental releases per 10 CeR 20.1302(a) is satisfied by routine analysis of pool water activity and making the assumption that all water loss exceeding normal losses is a direct environmental release. Isotopes with a half-life shorter than 24 hours are neglected because the leak path is into the compacted fill below the pool concrete, and the SAR section 13.1.9 estimates that water leaking directly into the ground would take approximately 55 years to travel to the nearest city well where it could be exposed to the public.
The root cause of the environmental releases was determined to be thermal cycling of the reactor pool liner as discussed above in response to RAI l.a. To address the large pool water temperature swings (which would range from 75-1s25 0 F) a new cooling system was installed in September 2003 which has enough capacity to maintain pool water temperature at a steady 80VF. Since then there have been no significant increases in pool water temperature resulting in minor pool leaks with the exception of an over-heating event in October 2004 and over-cooling event in May 2008. The over-heating event occurred when an operator failed to turn the cooling system on after performing a normal reactor startup to full power, During the over-cooling event, an operator decreased reactor power from 100%
to 5% without turning off the cooling system. The cooling system is designed to reject 1MW and will automatically control a variable frequency drive to maintain a steady temperature; however, the VFD has a minimum frequency of 20Hz and was not able to reduce cooling capacity any -further at such a low heat load. Both instances initiated a brief recurrence of the minor pool leak. Following the over-heating event a procedure change was initiated, however following the second event a "System Temperature High/Low" annunciator was added to the console alarm panel in order to warn the operator to turn off the cooling system or increase reactor power. There have been no further pool leaks.
Page 3 of 25
 
Even though the pool is not currently leaking, make-up water volume, evaporation rate and pool water activity continue to be monitored. It is the facility's goal to permanently eliminate the leak; however, due to financial and ALARA considerations, increased monitoring has been implemented while a cost effective, low dose solution is sought. However, the Reactor Safety Committee (RSC) in 2003 mandated reactor shutdown and an immediate repair if the following action levels are reached.
Action Level 1 Pool water make-up greater than 2200 gallons per month. (The basis for this action level is that 2200 gallons per month is equal to 73 gallons per day which is approximately 80% of the rated still capacity.)
Action Level 2 Pool water activity approaching 80% of 1.0 CFR 20, Appendix B, Table II water effluent concentration limits for isotopes with half lives greater than 24 hours.
.Regulation 10 CFR Part 20.Appendix B Table 2 lists'the maximum xalloabl con~centration value. for Ar-4'1* at IE-8 Ci/m equivalentwto the radioniuclide concentr~ations which. if inhaled origetdcotnoul             ve h1C~         of atyearol produce a total effective dosection                 1e1.1.1n           1.2 o     f the doN SafetyAnaly is         uepo it nSgR) eratima ts that n tatypial year o peration the maximum concentration ited       whithe pubwic woeuldbe exposed Wouldsed abo 331         E-9 Ci/m,i     rsultining   a maimum dose them to   pbi pof 06 rnrm/yr. The estimnated vau ofI 3.1E-9 Ci/m` is9bdt one-thirdlower tan, the 10 CFR 20 Appendix B Tab         2value and threfore                 ted dose would be higher.Please discaussathe do___se           cappendioun Licensee's Response:
In section 11.1.1.1.2, the EPA COMPLY code calculated dose of 0.6 mrem/yr is assuming operation of the ventilation system, whereas the maximum concentration cited above which the public would be exposed, 3.31 E-9 Ci/m 3, is assuming the ventilation system is inoperable.
However, following the methodology of comparing to 10 CFR 20 Appendix B Table 2 limits, as calculated in the SAR Appendix A the maximum ground-level concentration with operation of the ventilation system and the maximum hypothetical Ar-41 release rate of 13.3 pCi/sec is 1.25E-9 Ci/m 3. This value is 12.5% of the 10 CFR Part 20 Appendix B Table 2 limit of 1.OE-8 Ci/m 3, and therefore should theoretically result in a dose of 6.3 mrem/yr which is about 10 times the value of 0.6 mrem/yr reported in the SAR. The EPA COMPLY code calculation was performed at the nearest residence 133 meters to the west, and using averaged wind rose data ranging from 4.01 to 5.30 m/s. Wind speed and frequency records were obtained from the International Station Meteorological Climate Summary jointly produced by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, the United States Air Force, and the United States Navy. The data specifically compiled for Madison was obtained from the National Weather Service and was for the period of record from 1948 to 1995. The calculations in the SAR Appendix A were performed at the location of maximum ground-level concentration and using the minimum reported monthly average wind speed of 3.54 m/s.
Page 4 of 25
 
However, the methodology for calculating air effluent .releases was updated and approved in the LEU Conversion SAR. Using the updated methodology, the maximum ground-level concentration with operation of the ventilation system is 4.78E-1 0 Ci/m 3. This, value is 4.8%
of the 10 CFR Part 20 Appendix B Table 2 limit and therefore should theoretically result in a dose of 2.4 mrem/yr. Furthermore, the approved LEU Conversion SAR in section 13.1.4 includes an updated methodology for calculating whole-body dose from immersion in a radioactive cloud. Using this methodology, with an effective dose coefficient for Ar-41 of 0.2405 rem-m 3/Ci-s, the dose from being exposed to the maximum ground-level concentration with operation of the ventilation system is calculated to be 3.6 mrem/yr.
The EPA COMPLY code calculation was also repeated with the receptor at the site boundary rather than the nearest residence. The calculated dose was 67 mrem/yr.
However, this assumes the maximum hypothetical Ar-41 release rate of 13.3 pCi/sec with continuous operation year-round resulting in a hypothetical annual release of 420 Ci. The highest recorded annual release is only 3.04 Ci which would result in an EPA COMPLY code calculated dose of only 0.5 mrem/yr.
NUREG-1 537 Section 12.8 provides guidance fpinclsng abrief discson of security planning in the S       They eR. UNR SAR Seedtion 12.8 staRes, Tetion1         will   ire revision as a resu~lt of this Safety Analys~is Report, since some figuires from the previous Safety Anaiysisý Report are iniclude &by referenice." In a letter dated March 31. 2009,UWNR updated the Security Pla n aceordance with 10                     p)2). Pleae verify that5U.4NRha CFRR5&(      no intentionto further revisecty plan Secrired as a result Of thislicense renewalS o Submnit a revised Security Plan for approval as a supplement tot1eLjC;1~s         eea
,Apicat~h9ion Licensee's Response:
The changes to the security plan referenced in the SAR section 12.8 were incorporated into the security plan revision dated March 31, 2009 in accordance with 10 CFR 50.54(p)(2). No further changes to the security plan are required as a result of the license renewal.
Page 5 of 25
 
Licensee's Response:
The general evacuation procedure, UWNR 150 "Reactor Accident, Fission Product Release, or Major Spill of Radioactive Materials," identifies the areas to be evacuated and describes the evacuation alarm system which alerts members of the public to evacuate.
Members of the public are instructed on the plan by use of red-framed evacuation notices which are posted throughout the building along with floor maps indicating evacuation routes.
The notice reads:
      "In the event of'an accident at the Nuclear Reactor Laboratory, an evacuation signal may be given. This signal will be a slow whoopfrom horns located throughout the evacuation zone. In addition, backlit panels will give a flashing indication of:
RADIATION ALARM LEAVE THIS AREA When the horn sounds, this area is to be evacuated and all personnel shall proceed to the north wing of the Mechanical Engineering and then down to the University Avenue main floor lounge/lobby. Alternatively, personnel can proceed to any location farther away from the Reactor Laboratory.
An evacuation drill is performed annually to verify operation of the evacuation alarm system and to provide training for both reactor staff and building occupants. Prior to the evacuation drill the building occupants are informed of the upcoming drill and reminded of the appropriate evacuation routes. During the drill the reactor staff assures people are evacuating and provides additional training to building occupants as needed. Historically evacuation drills have demonstrated that building occupants are evacuated within 5 minutes.
In the event of an evacuation alarm, the site boundary is verified evacuated by the operating staff, with assistance from the University of Wisconsin Police Department (UWPD) as necessary. Access into the evacuated site boundary is controlled by the operating staff and UWPD.
Page 6 of 25
 
Licensee's Response:
The changes to the technical specifications related to the LEU conversion, approved as Amendment 17 to the license, have been incorporated into a revision to the proposed technical specifications submitted as part of the 2000 license renewal application. The proposed technical specifications are included as Attachment 1 to this response.
6.NU REOG- 1 sitat es th ait the f'ormniaft and content of the T olwta f mrcnNtoa Standards Institute dAmerican Nuclear Soceity (ANSI/ANS) 1~5. 1, '2TheDevelopment of Technical Spe~cifcations for Research Re~actors. ANSI/ANS-1 5.1-2007 provides a definition~
of 'reactor secured.' Ple~ase eval1uate UWVNR TS 1.3.1.2(a) against th tnaddeiiino.
  ,reacto secu red."
Licensee's Response:
TS 1.3 definition of "Reactor Secured" 2 is revised to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
Furthermore, the multiple sub-sections of definitions TS 1.3.1 through TS 1.3.4 have been combined into a single alphabetized section as TS 1.3 to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
Furthermore, the multiple sub-sections of definitions TS 1.3.1 through TS 1.3.4 have been combined into a single alphabetized section as TS 1.3 to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
Previously proposed TS 1.3.1 "Reactor Secured" 2: a. The reactor is shut down, b. The console key switch is in the "off' position and the key is removed from the console and under the control of a licensed operator or stored in a locked storage area, and c. No work is in progress involving in-core fuel handling or refueling operations, maintenance of the reactor or its control mechanisms, or insertion or withdrawal of in-core experiments with a reactivity worth exceeding 0.7 %Ak/k.Currently proposed TS 1.3 "Reactor Secured" 2: a. All shim-safety blades are fully inserted, b. The reactor is shut down, c. The console key switch is in the "off' position and the key is removed from the console and under the control of a licensed operator or stored in a locked storage area, and d. No work is in progress involving in-core fuel handling or refueling operations, maintenance of the reactor or its control mechanisms, or insertion or withdrawal of in-core experiments with a reactivity worth exceeding 0.7 %Ak/k.See Attachment 1.Page 7 of 25 Licensee's Response: TS 1.3 definition of "Cold Critical" is revised and new definitions for "Reference Core Condition" and "Excess Reactivity" are added to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
Previously proposed TS 1.3.1 "Reactor Secured" 2:
: a. The reactor is shut down,
: b. The console key switch is in the "off' position and the key is removed from the console and under the control of a licensed operator or stored in a locked storage area, and
: c. No work is in progress involving in-core fuel handling or refueling operations, maintenance of the reactor or its control mechanisms, or insertion or withdrawal of in-core experiments with a reactivity worth exceeding 0.7 %Ak/k.
Currently proposed TS 1.3 "Reactor Secured" 2:
: a. All shim-safety blades are fully inserted,
: b. The reactor is shut down,
: c. The console key switch is in the "off' position and the key is removed from the console and under the control of a licensed operator or stored in a locked storage area, and
: d. No work is in progress involving in-core fuel handling or refueling operations, maintenance of the reactor or its control mechanisms, or insertion or withdrawal of in-core experiments with a reactivity worth exceeding 0.7 %Ak/k.
See Attachment 1.
Page 7 of 25
 
Licensee's Response:
TS 1.3 definition of "Cold Critical" is revised and new definitions for "Reference Core Condition" and "Excess Reactivity" are added to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
Furthermore, the multiple sub-sections of definitions TS 1.3.1 through TS 1.3.4 have been combined into a single alphabetized section as TS 1.3 to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
Furthermore, the multiple sub-sections of definitions TS 1.3.1 through TS 1.3.4 have been combined into a single alphabetized section as TS 1.3 to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
Previously proposed TS 1.3.1 "Cold Critical":
Previously proposed TS 1.3.1 "Cold Critical":
The reactor is in the cold critical condition when it is critical with the fuel and bulk water temperatures both below 125°F.Currently proposed TS 1.3 "Cold Critical":
The reactor is in the cold critical condition when it is critical with the fuel and bulk water temperatures both below 125°F.
Currently proposed TS 1.3 "Cold Critical":
The reactor is in the cold critical condition when it is critical in the reference core condition.
The reactor is in the cold critical condition when it is critical in the reference core condition.
Newly proposed TS 1.3 "Reference Core Condition":
Newly proposed TS 1.3 "Reference Core Condition":
The reactor is in the reference core condition when the fuel and bulk water temperatures are both below 125 0 F and the reactivity worth of xenon is negligible
The reactor is in the reference core condition when the fuel and bulk water temperatures are both below 125 0 F and the reactivity worth of xenon is negligible (<0.2 %Ak/k).
(<0.2 %Ak/k).Newly proposed TS 1.3 "Excess Reactivity":
Newly proposed TS 1.3 "Excess Reactivity":
Excess reactivity is that amount of reactivity thatwould exist if all control elements were fully withdrawn from the core in the cold critical condition.
Excess reactivity is that amount of reactivity thatwould exist if all control elements were fully withdrawn from the core in the cold critical condition.
Furthermore, TS 3.1.2.3 is revised to be consistent with the currently proposed definitions.
Furthermore, TS 3.1.2.3 is revised to be consistent with the currently proposed definitions.
Previously proposed TS 3.1.2.3: The reactor in the cold condition without xenon.Currently proposed TS 3.1.2.3: The reactor in the reference core condition.
Previously proposed TS 3.1.2.3:
See Attachment 1.Page 8 of 25 8.NUREG-1 537 states thatthe, format and content of the TS follow th~atof ANSI/ANS~
The reactor in the cold condition without xenon.
15.1.ANSI/ANS-1 5.1 -2007, Section~ 1.3~ provides definitions for key termninology utilized in TSs Please include a definition odf Confinement, Exces Reactivit~y, Operating, Scrarn Timne, nd Shall, Should and May' in UWNR TS 13 orpoiea ai o not defining these terms.Licensee's Response: TS 1.3 is revised to include the definitions requested.
Currently proposed TS 3.1.2.3:
Furthermore, the multiple sub-sections of definitions TS 1.3.1 through TS 1.3.4 have been combined into a single alphabetized section as TS 1.3 to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
The reactor in the reference core condition.
See Attachment 1.
Page 8 of 25
 
8.NUREG-1 537 states thatthe, format and content of the TS follow th~atof ANSI/ANS~ 15.1.
ANSI/ANS-1 5.1 -2007, Section~1.3~provides definitions for key termninology utilized in TSs Please include a definition odf Confinement, Exces Reactivit~y, Operating, Scrarn Timne, nd Shall, Should and May' in UWNR TS 13 orpoiea ai o not defining these terms.
Licensee's Response:
TS 1.3 is revised to include the definitions requested. Furthermore, the multiple sub-sections of definitions TS 1.3.1 through TS 1.3.4 have been combined into a single alphabetized section as TS 1.3 to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
Newly proposed TS 1.3 "Confinement":
Newly proposed TS 1.3 "Confinement":
Confinement is an enclosure of the facility that is designed to limit the release of effluents between the enclosure and its external environment through controlled pathways.
Confinement is an enclosure of the facility that is designed to limit the release of effluents between the enclosure and its external environment through controlled pathways. This is room 1215 of the Mechanical Engineering Building.
This is room 1215 of the Mechanical Engineering Building.Newly proposed TS 1.3 "Excess Reactivity" (copied from response to RAI No. 7): Excess. reactivity is that amount of reactivity that would exist if all control elements were fully withdrawn from the core in the cold critical condition.
Newly proposed TS 1.3 "Excess Reactivity" (copied from response to RAI No. 7):
Excess. reactivity is that amount of reactivity that would exist if all control elements were fully withdrawn from the core in the cold critical condition.
Newly proposed TS 1.3 "Operating":
Newly proposed TS 1.3 "Operating":
Operating means a component or system is performing its intended function.Newly proposed TS 1.3 "Scram Time": The time from the initiation of a scram signal to the time that the slowest scrammable control element reaches its fully inserted position.Newly proposed TS 1.3 "Shall, Should, and May": The word "shall" is used to denote a requirement; the word "should" is used to denote a recommendation; and the word "may" is used to denote permission, neither a requirement nor a recommendation.
Operating means a component or system is performing its intended function.
See Attachment 1.Page 9 of 25
Newly proposed TS 1.3 "Scram Time":
: 9. NUJREG sttsta h fo rmat and conentof the TS fol I w that of AN SlI/AN Si 15.1 ANSI/ANS-15A-2007<Section 6..2 discusses specil repor operational occurirences, UoNRtTS 1O.3(6)clists asreportable ocuraence as Abnormal and signnificant degradation in reactor fuel or cladding wwcch Could result ixceeding prescribed r tiong eposurecibdit odf personneposruevironments or both.'ANSe IANvn15. 1 Section Crdoes not includelthe sultionfor exceeding exposure limiets. Please consider removing th stipultionand including all in tancts of abnormal and significant fuel or cladding dama( excluding minor l ) or provide a basis fa incluing thimstipulation.
The time from the initiation of a scram signal to the time that the slowest scrammable control element reaches its fully inserted position.
Licensee's Response: TS 1.3 definition of "Reportable Occurrence" was based on the standard ANSI/ANS-15.1-1990 approved at the time of license renewal application submittal which included the stipulation for exceeding exposure limits during degradation in reactor fuel or cladding.
Newly proposed TS 1.3 "Shall, Should, and May":
This definition is revised to conform to the current standard ANStiANS-15.1-2007.
The word "shall" is used to denote a requirement; the word "should" is used to denote a recommendation; and the word "may" is used to denote permission, neither a requirement nor a recommendation.
Previously proposed TS 1.3.1 "Reportable Occurance" 6: Abnormal and significant degradation in reactor fuel or cladding which could result in exceeding prescribed radiation exposure limits of personnel or environment, or both.Currently proposed TS 1.3 'Reportable Occurance" 6: Abnormal and significant degradation in reactor fuel or cladding, or coolant boundary (excluding minor leaks) where applicable.
See Attachment 1.
See Attachment 1.1. Nw -15371 statesothatth format and content of the TSfollow th o ANSI/ANS 15.r1o UyVNR TS 3,1 statesan overall objective for TS inSection 3.1. :TS 3.1 ..1, 3.1.2 and ~3.1.3 do not have specific~
Page 9 of 25
objectives.
: 9. NUJREG       sttsta       h fo rmat and conentof the TS fol I w that of AN SlI/AN Si 15.1 ANSI/ANS-15A-2007<Section 6..2 discusses specil repor operational occurirences, UoNRtTS 1O.3(6)clists asreportable ocuraence as Abnormal and signnificant degradation           infuel or cladding wwcch Couldresult ixceeding prescribed reactor r tiongeposurecibdit odf personneposruevironments       or both.'ANSe IANvn15.1 Section Crdoes not includelthe sultionfor exceeding exposure limiets. Please consider removing th stipultionand including all in tancts of abnormal and significant fuel or cladding dama( excludingl    ) minor                                       or provide a basis fa incluing thimstipulation.
TS 3.1 .4 and TS 3.1 .6 have specific olbjectjves.
Licensee's Response:
Please, qlarif.y Which obetvsaeapLcbet hc TS in Section, 3.1.Licensee's Response: TS 3.1 is revised to eliminate generic applicability and objective statements for TS 3.1 and include specific statements for TS 3. 1.1 through 3.1.6.Previously proposed TS 3.1 (Reactor Core Parameters)
TS 1.3 definition of "Reportable Occurrence" was based on the standard ANSI/ANS-15.1-1990 approved at the time of license renewal application submittal which included the stipulation for exceeding exposure limits during degradation in reactor fuel or cladding. This definition is revised to conform to the current standard ANStiANS-15.1-2007.
Applicability (now deleted): These specifications apply to the reactivity condition of the reactor and the reactivity worths of control rods. They apply for all modes of operation.
Previously proposed TS 1.3.1 "Reportable Occurance" 6:
Previously proposed TS 3.1 (Reactor Core Parameters)
Abnormal and significant degradation in reactor fuel or cladding which could result in exceeding prescribed radiation exposure limits of personnel or environment, or both.
Objective (now deleted): The objective is to assure that the reactor can be shut down at all times and to assure that the fuel temperature safety limit will not be exceeded.Newly proposed TS 3. 1.1 (Excess Reactivity)
Currently proposed TS 1.3 'Reportable Occurance" 6:
Applicability:
Abnormal and significant degradation in reactor fuel or cladding, or coolant boundary (excluding minor leaks) where applicable.
See Attachment 1.
: 1. Nw       -15371 statesothatth format and     content of the TSfollow th   o ANSI/ANS 15.r1o UyVNR TS 3,1 statesan overall objective for TS inSection 3.1. :TS 3.1 ..1, 3.1.2 and ~3.1.3 do not have specific~ objectives. TS 3.1 .4 and TS 3.1 .6 have specific olbjectjves. Please, qlarif.y Which obetvsaeapLcbet                   hc TS in Section, 3.1.
Licensee's Response:
TS 3.1 is revised to eliminate generic applicability and objective statements for TS 3.1 and include specific statements for TS 3.1.1 through 3.1.6.
Previously proposed TS 3.1 (Reactor Core Parameters) Applicability (now deleted):
These specifications apply to the reactivity condition of the reactor and the reactivity worths of control rods. They apply for all modes of operation.
Previously proposed TS 3.1 (Reactor Core Parameters) Objective (now deleted):
The objective is to assure that the reactor can be shut down at all times and to assure that the fuel temperature safety limit will not be exceeded.
Newly proposed TS 3.1.1 (Excess Reactivity) Applicability:
This specification applies to the reactivity condition of the reactor and the reactivity worths of control elements and applies for all modes of operation.
This specification applies to the reactivity condition of the reactor and the reactivity worths of control elements and applies for all modes of operation.
Newly proposed TS 3. 1.1 (Excess Reactivity)
Newly proposed TS 3.1.1 (Excess Reactivity) Objective:
Objective:
The objective is to assure that the reactor can be shut down at all times.
The objective is to assure that the reactor can be shut down at all times.Page 10 of 25 Newly proposed TS 3.1.2 (Shutdown Margin) Applicability:
Page 10 of 25
 
Newly proposed TS 3.1.2 (Shutdown Margin) Applicability:
This specification applies to the reactivity condition of the reactor and the reactivity worths of control elements and applies for all modes of operation.
This specification applies to the reactivity condition of the reactor and the reactivity worths of control elements and applies for all modes of operation.
Newly proposed TS 3.1.2 (Shutdown Margin) Objective:
Newly proposed TS 3.1.2 (Shutdown Margin) Objective:
The objective is to assure that the reactor can be shut down at all times.Newly proposed TS 3.1.3 (Pulse Limits) Applicability:
The objective is to assure that the reactor can be shut down at all times.
Newly proposed TS 3.1.3 (Pulse Limits) Applicability:
This specification applies to the reactivity worth of the transient rod and pulse interlocks based on power level. It applies to pulse mode operation.
This specification applies to the reactivity worth of the transient rod and pulse interlocks based on power level. It applies to pulse mode operation.
Newly proposed TS 3.1.3 (Pulse Limits) Objective:
Newly proposed TS 3.1.3 (Pulse Limits) Objective:
The objective is to assure that the fuel temperature safety limit will not be exceeded.Applicability and Objective statements for TS 3.1.4 (Core Configurations) and 3.1.6 (Fuel Parameters) remain unchanged.
The objective is to assure that the fuel temperature safety limit will not be exceeded.
See Attachment 1.NURFG-1 5&#xfd;37 Part 1, Chpter 3.Section~
Applicability and Objective statements for TS 3.1.4 (Core Configurations) and 3.1.6 (Fuel Parameters) remain unchanged. See Attachment 1.
: 3. einCiei for Structures, System and Components states thatoneof the desigcriteria to be considered should be the redundancy of reacto rtctive and safety featUref so tat- any sngle f ailure aqill not reaentsaig threator moutd own. The FueB Tmperatimeth channel wpacicaio i TS 3.2.4 as TSb 38piscusses an exceptihereplated to f he avaiF of relacemnt astrumented fe herme pnts ( oF tep rcifically.
NURFG-1 5&#xfd;37 Part 1, Chpter 3.Section~ 3.               einCiei for Structures, System and Components states thatoneof the desigcriteria to be considered should be the redundancy of reacto rtctive and safety featUref so tat- any fsngle ailureaqill not reaentsaig threator           moutd own.The FueB Tmperatimeth channel           wpacicaio i TS 3.2.4 as TSb38piscusses an exceptihereplated to                   avaiF hef          of relacemnt astrumented fe
theiSetpo t and FunE ctiton statement for the Fuel Temperatur thferoop Cnn thspecification allows continued operationrof an ope cteional core ing th absencle olane oerablelFE if themLinear Power Level scr setphints o re educed to 110 per~cent f~ull power.Please further discuss bhe basiad no sedsfrl this exceptin, witf regaetigo the exduction redundang and odefe-in-depth with no Fuel Temperatureou afetys hannel and Liear Ptower Scramlc channels reducdto 110 percent fu0ll pow. Aditionally discuss how thew excerption, if utilized, wcoudi eet the requireletes of TSu2.2 for measuringthe fuel te~mperature at the I FE.Licensee's Response: As part of the refueling to the TRIGA FLIP core from 1973-1 980, four lEEs were acquired, each containing three thermocouples.
(
By the time the license renewal application was being prepared, all three thermocouples in two of the IFEs had burned out as well as one thermocouple on the remaining installed IFE, with one un-irradiated spare. A second thermocouple on the remaining installed IFE was unreliable and suspected bad, leaving .only a single reliable thermocouple measuring fuel temperature in the core. Furthermore, production of TRIGA FLIP fuel had ceased and therefore acquiring replacement IFEs, even if funding were available, was not possible.
herme pnts   oF tep rcifically. theiSetpo t and FunEctiton statement for the Fuel Temperatur thferoop Cnn         thspecification allows continued operationrof an ope               core ingth cteional absencle olaneoerablelFE if themLinear Power Level scr                   setphints o     re educed to 110 per~cent f~ull power.
This was the basis for requesting the exemption allowing continued operation with no operable thermocouples for operational cores only, if the power level scram set-point was reduced to 110% to compensate.
Please further discussbhe basiad         no sedsfrl   this exceptin, witf regaetigo the exduction redundang     and odefe-in-depth with           no Fuel Temperatureou     afetys hannel and Liear PtowerScramlc    channels reducdto 110 percent fu0ll pow. Aditionally discuss how thew excerption, if utilized, wcoudi eet the requireletes of TSu2.2 for measuringthe fuel te~mperature at the IFE.
Therefore, new or experimental core configurations for which fuel temperatures could not be measured would not be allowed but operational cores for which fuel temperatures had already been measured would still be permitted (see TS 1.3 "Operational Core").Page 11 of 25 However, since submitting the original license renewal application in 2000, the core has been converted to TRIGA LEU 30/20 fuel. Two IFEs are currently installed in the core, with two un-irradiated spares on hand. After completing all startup testing including fuel temperature mapping, no thermocouples have burned out or are giving any indication of failing. Therefore it is no longer anticipated that all available IFE thermocouples would burn out in the expected operational life of the reactor core, so the exemption allowing continued operation with no operable thermocouples has been removed from the currently proposed technical specifications.
Licensee's Response:
However, the TRIGA fuel manufacturer has announced its intention to shutdown the TRIGA fuel production facility in the near future, and if in the future all available IFE thermocouples burn out and replacements cannot be acquired, a separate license amendment will be submitted at that time requesting an exemption similar to that previously proposed.12. N&#xfd;UR&#xfd;EG-.1 5S7 states Chat the orm~at and content Iof the ~TS followthat of ANS/ANS 1~51.1 ANSI/ANS-5,.1-2007 Section .2(l) spec~ifies tha~t th prblt o con~trol elemets be definedj usin~g Scram ims Plas dics whte WR S321i cnitnith the standard guidance.Licensee's Response: The operability requirement for control element scram times is already addressed in TS 3.2.2, however TS 3.2.1 is revised for clarification.
As part of the refueling to the TRIGA FLIP core from 1973-1 980, four lEEs were acquired, each containing three thermocouples. By the time the license renewal application was being prepared, all three thermocouples in two of the IFEs had burned out as well as one thermocouple on the remaining installed IFE, with one un-irradiated spare. A second thermocouple on the remaining installed IFE was unreliable and suspected bad, leaving .only a single reliable thermocouple measuring fuel temperature in the core. Furthermore, production of TRIGA FLIP fuel had ceased and therefore acquiring replacement IFEs, even if funding were available, was not possible. This was the basis for requesting the exemption allowing continued operation with no operable thermocouples for operational cores only, if the power level scram set-point was reduced to 110% to compensate. Therefore, new or experimental core configurations for which fuel temperatures could not be measured would not be allowed but operational cores for which fuel temperatures had already been measured would still be permitted (see TS 1.3 "Operational Core").
Previously proposed TS 3.2.1: The reactor shall not be operated unless at least three control elements are functioning and scrammable.
Page 11 of 25
Currently proposed TS 3.2.1: The reactor shall not be operated unless at least three control elements are operable and scrammable in accordance with TS 3.2.2.See Attachment 1.13, WREG-15:37A states th~at the-format and content of the TS follow that of ANSFANS 1-5.).ANI/AN 5.1-2007 Section 3.2(8) icuegidneoestablishing prite bypassing of chainnels for the purposes of calibrations and maintenan&e, Please discuss whether WNR TS 3.2 should include acceptal conditions for bypa~ssings channrls for thi upse Licensee's Response: Bypassing channels is already addressed in TS 3.2.7. The numbering of sub-sections under TS 3.2 was based on the standard ANSI/ANS-1 5.1-1990 approved at the time of license renewal application submittal.
 
The current standard ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007 added a sub-section 3.2.5, "Minimum Channels Needed for Reactor Operation", which changed the numbering of following sub-sections.
However, since submitting the original license renewal application in 2000, the core has been converted to TRIGA LEU 30/20 fuel. Two IFEs are currently installed in the core, with two un-irradiated spares on hand. After completing all startup testing including fuel temperature mapping, no thermocouples have burned out or are giving any indication of failing. Therefore it is no longer anticipated that all available IFE thermocouples would burn out in the expected operational life of the reactor core, so the exemption allowing continued operation with no operable thermocouples has been removed from the currently proposed technical specifications.
The specification in ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007 3.2.5 is already addressed in TS 3.2.8, "Control Systems and Instrumentation Required for Operation." Furthermore, bypassing of scram channels is not authorized according to the proposed TS 3.2.7. See Attachment 1.Page 12 of 25
However, the TRIGA fuel manufacturer has announced its intention to shutdown the TRIGA fuel production facility in the near future, and if in the future all available IFE thermocouples burn out and replacements cannot be acquired, a separate license amendment will be submitted at that time requesting an exemption similar to that previously proposed.
: 14. ~NUREG-15'37' states that the format and content of the TSfollow that of ANSlfANS 15.1._ANSIIA$JS-1 5.1 -2007 Section~ 3.3 provides g~idancefor leak~ or los of coolant detection.
: 12. N&#xfd;UR&#xfd;EG-.1 5S7 states Chat the orm~at and content Iof the ~TS followthat of ANS/ANS 1~51.1 ANSI/ANS- 5,.1-2007 Section .2(l) spec~ifies tha~t th prblt o con~trol elemets be definedj usin~g Scram ims Plas dics whte WR S321i cnitnith                                     the standard guidance.
Ts 3.3 specification 5 states pool level alarmsif level drops "~one foot or less." Please consider revising to state 'one foot ormore.'Licensee's Response: TS 3.3 is revised for clarification.
Licensee's Response:
Furthermore, previously proposed specifications for pool design features are already addressed in TS 5.2 and are deleted from TS 3.3. The specification for pool water temperature was added with the LEU Conversion Amendment No. 17 (see RAI No. 5).Previously proposed TS 3.3: 1. The reactor core shall be cooled by natural convective water flow.2. The pool water inlet pipe to the demineralizer shall not extend more than 15 feet into the top of the reactor pool when fuel is in the core. The outlet pipe from the demineralizer shall be equipped with a check valve and siphon breaker to prevent inadvertent draining of the pool.3. Diffuser and other auxiliary systems pumps shall be located no more than 15 feet below the top of the reactor pool.4. All other piping and pneumatic tube systems entering the pool shall have siphon breakers and valves or blind flanges which will prevent draining more than 15 feet of water from the pool.5. A pool level alarm shall indicate loss of coolant if the pool. level drops one foot or less below normal level.6. The reactor shall not be operated if the conductivity of the pool water exceeds 5 microohms/cm
The operability requirement for control element scram times is already addressed in TS 3.2.2, however TS 3.2.1 is revised for clarification.
(<0.2 MegOhm-cm) when averaged over a period of one week.7. The reactor shall not be operated if the radioactivity of pool water exceeds the limits of 10 CFR Part 20 Appendix B Table 3 for radioisotopes with half-lives  
Previously proposed TS 3.2.1:
>24 hours.Currently proposed TS 3.3: 1. A pool level alarm shall indicate loss of coolant if the pool level drops one foot or more below normal level.2. A pool water temperature alarm shall indicate if water temperature reaches 1300F.3. The reactor shall not be operated if the conductivity of the pool water exceeds 5 microohms/cm
The reactor shall not be operated unless at least three control elements are functioning and scrammable.
(<0.2 MegOhm-cm) when averaged over a period of one week.4. The reactor shall not be operated if the radioactivity of pool water exceeds the limits of 10 CFR Part 20 Appendix B Table 3 for radioisotopes with half-lives  
Currently proposed TS 3.2.1:
>24 hours.See Attachment 1.Page 13 of 25 Licensee's Response: TS 3.4 is revised to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
The reactor shall not be operated unless at least three control elements are operable and scrammable in accordance with TS 3.2.2.
The previous specifications for minimum free volume and minimum exhaust height are removed because they are already addressed in TS 5.1.Previously proposed TS 3.4: 1. The reactor shall be housed in a closed room designed to restrict leakage. The minimum free volume shall be 2,000 cubic meters.2. All air or other gas exhausted from the reactor room and associated experimental facilities shall be released to the environment a minimum of 26.5 meters above ground level.Currently proposed TS 3.4: 3.4.1 Operations that require confinement:
See Attachment 1.
Confinement is required for reactor operation or any movement of irradiated fuel or fueled experiments with significant fission product inventory outside of containers, systems, or storage areas.3.4.2: Equipment to achieve confinement:
13, WREG-15:37A states th~at the-format and content of the TS follow that of ANSFANS 1-5.).
To achieve confinement, the ventilation system must be operating in accordance with TS 3.5.See Attachment 1.Page 14 of 25 Licensee's Response: TS 3.5 is revised to eliminate the exemption allowing two days of reactor operation with the ventilation system inoperable.
ANI/AN       5.1-2007 Section 3.2(8) icuegidneoestablishing prite                       bypassing of chainnels for the purposes of calibrations and maintenan&e, Please discuss whether WNR TS 3.2 should include acceptal conditions for bypa~ssings channrls for thi upse Licensee's Response:
In addition, the specification is revised to clarify when the ventilation system is operating to conform to standard ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
Bypassing channels is already addressed in TS 3.2.7. The numbering of sub-sections under TS 3.2 was based on the standard ANSI/ANS-1 5.1-1990 approved at the time of license renewal application submittal. The current standard ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007 added a sub-section 3.2.5, "Minimum Channels Needed for Reactor Operation", which changed the numbering of following sub-sections. The specification in ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007 3.2.5 is already addressed in TS 3.2.8, "Control Systems and Instrumentation Required for Operation." Furthermore, bypassing of scram channels is not authorized according to the proposed TS 3.2.7. See Attachment 1.
Previously proposed TS 3.5: The reactor shall not be operated unless the laboratory ventilation system is in operation, except for periods of time not to exceed two days, to permit repairs of the system.Currently proposed TS 3.5: The reactor shall not be operated unless the ventilation system is operating.
Page 12 of 25
The ventilation system is considered operating if: 1. One stack exhaust fan is operating, 2. Exhaust flow-rate is at least 9600 scfm, 3. Exhaust filter total pressure drop is less than 2.5 inches of water column.See Attachment 1.qAEG-l 3 7 states that the format and contentof, t he TS follow that f &fANSI/ANSi 15.1.oA orI/AgS- 5. 1-00ection 3..1prvides 3 time limit for alterate method~s of radiation montorngwit achannel out of servic~e.
: 14. ~NUREG-15'37' states that the format and content of the TSfollow that of ANSlfANS 15.1._
Please review th~e asterisk condition in TS 3.7A and consider adding a time limit consistent with the standard guidance or provide a basis for~not includirng ielmt Licensee's Response: TS 3.7.1 is revised to conform to standard ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
ANSIIA$JS-1 5.1 -2007 Section~ 3.3 provides g~idancefor leak~or los of coolant detection.Ts 3.3 specification 5 states pool level alarmsif level drops "~one foot or less." Please consider revising to state 'one foot ormore.'
Previously proposed TS 3.7.1 Table note:*For periods of time for maintenance to the radiation monitoring channels, the intent of this specification will be satisfied if they are replaced with portable gamma sensitive instruments having their own alarms or which shall be kept under visual observation.
Licensee's Response:
Currently proposed TS 3.7.1 Table note:*For periods of time, not to exceed 1 week, for maintenance to the radiation monitoring channels, the intent of this specification will be satisfied if they are replaced with portable gamma sensitive instruments having their own alarms or which shall be kept under visual observation.
TS 3.3 is revised for clarification. Furthermore, previously proposed specifications for pool design features are already addressed in TS 5.2 and are deleted from TS 3.3. The specification for pool water temperature was added with the LEU Conversion Amendment No. 17 (see RAI No. 5).
See Attachment 1.Page 15 of 25 Licensee's Response: TS 3.8.1 is revised to conform to standard ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
Previously proposed TS 3.3:
Previously proposed TS 3.8.1: 1. The reactivity worth of any single non-secured experiment shall not exceed 0.7%Ak/k.2. The reactivity worth of any single secured experiment shall not exceed 1.4 %Ak/k.Currently proposed TS 3.8.1: 1. The sum of the absolute values of the reactivity worths of all non-secured experiments does not exceed 0.7 %Ak/k.2. The reactivity worth of any single secured experiment does not exceed 1.4 %Ak/k.3. The sum of the absolute values of the reactivity worths of all experiments, both secured and non-secured, does not exceed the maximum excess reactivity specified in TS 3.1.1.See Attachment 1.Regulatory Guid e2.2, "Developmet of Technica Specifications for Experiments in Research Reactors.
: 1. The reactor core shall be cooled by natural convective water flow.
Section C..c.3)y ~states that the rmat'eriis of cnstruction anid fabricaitin a shouldbe so specife atnd use thatassrance is provtided that no s'tressfailuire cai Occur atstresses tie those antcptdih manipulatsn raid conduct ofthe experiment ortwic those which tuld ROccuras result Of unintern tn b 2ut crediblie changes o or wthin, t Uh experiment.l facilTSites explosive materials in quantities less than 25 mg4to e irrad ated inp t r r in acontaine provided that the pressure produced upon detonation of the explosive has been caludanoed and/or experimentally demonstrated to be less than the design pressure of the container.
: 2. The pool water inlet pipe to the demineralizer shall not extend more than 15 feet into the top of the reactor pool when fuel is in the core. The outlet pipe from the demineralizer shall be equipped with a check valve and siphon breaker to prevent inadvertent draining of the pool.
Please d1iscuss how UvWiT ~wil esure a sfety factor of, twoi TS 3.8.2.Licensee's Response: TS 3.8.2 is revised to conform to Regulatory Guide 2.2.Previously proposed TS 3.8.2.1: Explosive materials, such as gunpowder, TNT, nitroglycerin, or PETN, in quantities greater than 25 milligrams shall not be irradiated in the reactor or experimental facilities, Explosive materials in quantities less than 25 milligrams may be irradiated provided the pressure produced upon detonation of the explosive has been calculated and/or experimentally demonstrated to be less than, the design pressure of the container.
: 3. Diffuser and other auxiliary systems pumps shall be located no more than 15 feet below the top of the reactor pool.
Page 16 of 25 Currently proposed TS 3.8.2.1: Explosive materials, such as gunpowder, TNT, nitroglycerin, or PETN, in quantities greater than 25 milligrams shall not be irradiated in the reactor or experimental facilities.
: 4. All other piping and pneumatic tube systems entering the pool shall have siphon breakers and valves or blind flanges which will prevent draining more than 15 feet of water from the pool.
: 5. A pool level alarm shall indicate loss of coolant if the pool. level drops one foot or less below normal level.
: 6. The reactor shall not be operated if the conductivity of the pool water exceeds 5 microohms/cm (<0.2 MegOhm-cm) when averaged over a period of one week.
: 7. The reactor shall not be operated if the radioactivity of pool water exceeds the limits of 10 CFR Part 20 Appendix B Table 3 for radioisotopes with half-lives >24 hours.
Currently proposed TS 3.3:
: 1. A pool level alarm shall indicate loss of coolant if the pool level drops one foot or more below normal level.
: 2. A pool water temperature alarm shall indicate ifwater temperature reaches 1300F.
: 3. The reactor shall not be operated if the conductivity of the pool water exceeds 5 microohms/cm (<0.2 MegOhm-cm) when averaged over a period of one week.
: 4. The reactor shall not be operated if the radioactivity of pool water exceeds the limits of 10 CFR Part 20 Appendix B Table 3 for radioisotopes with half-lives >24 hours.
See Attachment 1.
Page 13 of 25
 
Licensee's Response:
TS 3.4 is revised to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007. The previous specifications for minimum free volume and minimum exhaust height are removed because they are already addressed in TS 5.1.
Previously proposed TS 3.4:
: 1. The reactor shall be housed in a closed room designed to restrict leakage. The minimum free volume shall be 2,000 cubic meters.
: 2. All air or other gas exhausted from the reactor room and associated experimental facilities shall be released to the environment a minimum of 26.5 meters above ground level.
Currently proposed TS 3.4:
3.4.1 Operations that require confinement:
Confinement is required for reactor operation or any movement of irradiated fuel or fueled experiments with significant fission product inventory outside of containers, systems, or storage areas.
3.4.2: Equipment to achieve confinement:
To achieve confinement, the ventilation system must be operating in accordance with TS 3.5.
See Attachment 1.
Page 14 of 25
 
Licensee's Response:
TS 3.5 is revised to eliminate the exemption allowing two days of reactor operation with the ventilation system inoperable. In addition, the specification is revised to clarify when the ventilation system is operating to conform to standard ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
Previously proposed TS 3.5:
The reactor shall not be operated unless the laboratory ventilation system is in operation, except for periods of time not to exceed two days, to permit repairs of the system.
Currently proposed TS 3.5:
The reactor shall not be operated unless the ventilation system is operating. The ventilation system is considered operating if:
: 1. One stack exhaust fan is operating,
: 2. Exhaust flow-rate is at least 9600 scfm,
: 3. Exhaust filter total pressure drop is less than 2.5 inches of water column.
See Attachment 1.
qAEG-l 37 states that the format and contentof, t he TS follow that f&fANSI/ANSi15.1.
oAorI/AgS- 5. 1-00ection 3..1prvides 3time limit for alterate method~s montorngwit achannel out of servic~e. Please review th~e asterisk condition inofTSradiation 3.7A and consider adding a time limit consistent with the standard guidance or provide a basis for~
not includirng ielmt Licensee's Response:
TS 3.7.1 is revised to conform to standard ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
Previously proposed TS 3.7.1 Table note:
    *For periods of time for maintenance to the radiation monitoring channels, the intent of this specification will be satisfied if they are replaced with portable gamma sensitive instruments having their own alarms or which shall be kept under visual observation.
Currently proposed TS 3.7.1 Table note:
    *For periods of time, not to exceed 1 week, for maintenance to the radiation monitoring channels, the intent of this specification will be satisfied if they are replaced with portable gamma sensitive instruments having their own alarms or which shall be kept under visual observation.
See Attachment 1.
Page 15 of 25
 
Licensee's Response:
TS 3.8.1 is revised to conform to standard ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
Previously proposed TS 3.8.1:
: 1. The reactivity worth of any single non-secured experiment shall not exceed 0.7
          %Ak/k.
: 2. The reactivity worth of any single secured experiment shall not exceed 1.4 %Ak/k.
Currently proposed TS 3.8.1:
: 1. The sum of the absolute values of the reactivity worths of all non-secured experiments does not exceed 0.7 %Ak/k.
: 2. The reactivity worth of any single secured experiment does not exceed 1.4 %Ak/k.
: 3. The sum of the absolute values of the reactivity worths of all experiments, both secured and non-secured, does not exceed the maximum excess reactivity specified in TS 3.1.1.
See Attachment 1.
Regulatory Guid e2.2, "Developmet of Technica Specifications for Experiments in Research Reactors. Section C..c.3)y ~states that the rmat'eriis of cnstruction anid fabricaitin a                             shouldbe so specife   atnd use thatassrance is provtided that no s'tressfailuire cai Occur atstresses tie   those antcptdih manipulatsn raid conduct             ROccuras ortwic those which ofthe tuld experiment                                          result Of unintern       b crediblie tn   2ut     changes o or wthin, t                 Uh experiment.l           facilTSites explosive materials in quantities less than25 mg4to e irrad ated inpt r     r in acontaine provided that the pressure produced upon detonation of the explosivehas been         caludanoed and/or experimentally demonstrated to be less than thedesign pressure of the container.
Please d1iscuss how UvWiT ~wil esure a sfety factor of, twoi TS 3.8.2.
Licensee's Response:
TS 3.8.2 is revised to conform to Regulatory Guide 2.2.
Previously proposed TS 3.8.2.1:
Explosive materials, such as gunpowder, TNT, nitroglycerin, or PETN, in quantities greater than 25 milligrams shall not be irradiated in the reactor or experimental facilities, Explosive materials in quantities less than 25 milligrams may be irradiated provided the pressure produced upon detonation of the explosive has been calculated and/or experimentally demonstrated to be less than, the design pressure of the container.
Page 16 of 25
 
Currently proposed TS 3.8.2.1:
Explosive materials, such as gunpowder, TNT, nitroglycerin, or PETN, in quantities greater than 25 milligrams shall not be irradiated in the reactor or experimental facilities.
Explosive materials in quantities less than 25 milligrams may be irradiated provided the pressure produced upon detonation of the explosive has been calculated and/or experimentally demonstrated to be less than half the design pressure of the container.
Explosive materials in quantities less than 25 milligrams may be irradiated provided the pressure produced upon detonation of the explosive has been calculated and/or experimentally demonstrated to be less than half the design pressure of the container.
See Attachment 1.Licensee's Response: TS 4.2.5 is revised to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
See Attachment 1.
Newly proposed TS 4.2.5.c: A channel calibration of items (1) and (2) in Table 3.2.4 shall be performed annually.Note that item (1) is the fuel temperature channel and item (2) is the linear power level channels.
Licensee's Response:
See Attachment 1.Licensee's Response: TS 4.2 was based on the standard ANSI/ANS-1 5.1-1990 approved at the time of license renewal application submittal, which did not include sub-section 4.2(9). Surveillance of interlocks is already addressed in TS 4.2.5.a. These interlock surveillances are conducted in accordance with the procedure UWNR 110 "Daily Reactor Pre-Startup Checklist" which includes the pulse mode control interlock.
TS 4.2.5 is revised to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
While TS 4.2(9) specifies that the pulse mode control interlock is required to be operable in pulse mode only, TS 4.1.3 requires semiannual pulsing of the reactor. Therefore the pulse mode control interlock must be verified operable at least semi-annually.
Newly proposed TS 4.2.5.c:
See Attachment 1.Page 17 of 25
A channel calibration of items (1) and (2) in Table 3.2.4 shall be performed annually.
: 22. NUREG45I&#xfd;7 states that the forma and content of the TS fo Ilow that of AN SI /ANS 15.1.AN~Sl/ANS-1
Note that item (1) is the fuel temperature channel and item (2) is the linear power level channels. See Attachment 1.
: 5. 1-2007 Section4.4 provid~es guidance ~for fuctional testing of Confinement, Ple~ase dLiscu~ss the bai.f~.dtrnn UWNR TS 4.4 is not required.Licensee's Response: The only requirement to achieve confinement according to TS 3.4 is operation of the ventilation system. TS 4.4 is revised to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
Licensee's Response:
Previously proposed TS 4.4: No surveillances are required.Currently proposed TS 4.4: The ventilation system shall be verified operable in accordance with TS 4.5 quarterly.
TS 4.2 was based on the standard ANSI/ANS-1 5.1-1990 approved at the time of license renewal application submittal, which did not include sub-section 4.2(9). Surveillance of interlocks is already addressed in TS 4.2.5.a. These interlock surveillances are conducted in accordance with the procedure UWNR 110 "Daily Reactor Pre-Startup Checklist" which includes the pulse mode control interlock. While TS 4.2(9) specifies that the pulse mode control interlock is required to be operable in pulse mode only, TS 4.1.3 requires semiannual pulsing of the reactor. Therefore the pulse mode control interlock must be verified operable at least semi-annually. See Attachment 1.
See Attachment 1.23. NUREG-I 537 states that the formrat~ and content ofteTSflo thatof ANSI/ANS1.1 ANSIIANS-I 5.1-2007 ~Section ~4.5 providJes guidance for Surveillances  
Page 17 of 25
~on ve'ntilation syster filter efficincy meaSrentsand an operability chec~k ofany emergency~
: 22. NUREG45I&#xfd;7 states that the forma and content of the TS fo Ilow that of AN SI /ANS 15.1.
exhaust sy~stems.Please dciscuss whether the UWNR TS 4.5 is consistent with the standard.
AN~Sl/ANS-1 5.1-2007 Section4.4 provid~es guidance ~for fuctional testing of Confinement, Ple~ase dLiscu~ss the bai.f~.dtrnn UWNR TS 4.4 is not required.
gui~dance.
Licensee's Response:
Licensee's Response: ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007 states specific systems from section 3 specifications will establish the minimum performance level, and the companion section 4 surveillance specifications will prescribe the frequency and scope of surveillance to demonstrate such performance.
The only requirement to achieve confinement according to TS 3.4 is operation of the ventilation system. TS 4.4 is revised to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
TS 3.5 states the minimum requirements of one exhaust fan operating, exhaust flow-rate, and exhaust filter pressure drop. TS 4.5 states that the ventilation system shall be verified operable quarterly.
Previously proposed TS 4.4:
Even though TS 3.5 has been revised to identify the minimum performance levels, TS 4.5 is still consistent with ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
No surveillances are required.
4'.4 NUkff-1 737_ states that he forat'n content of the TS follow that of ANSI/AN&s 1 5. 1.-ANSI/ANS-15.1  
Currently proposed TS 4.4:
-20,97 Section~ 4.7.2 (2) rvdsgiaco suvilne r~equiremen~ts covering environmentai1l frionitoring, pecifically  
The ventilation system shall be verified operable in accordance with TS 4.5 quarterly.
'sampling of soil, vegetation,;
See Attachment 1.
or water in-the viciit~y ofthe' facility.''
: 23. NUREG-I 537 states that the formrat~ and content ofteTSflo thatof ANSI/ANS1.1 ANSIIANS-I 5.1-2007 ~Section ~4.5 providJes guidance for Surveillances ~on ve'ntilation syster filter efficincymeaSrentsand an operability chec~k ofany emergency~ exhaust sy~stems.
Plq~asedtcs whte UJNR4TS 4.71.2is con~sistent wJith~ t~he Licensee's Response: TS 4.7.2 was based on the standard ANSI/ANS-15.1-1990 approved at the time of license renewal application submittal, which was not specific to address off-site monitoring.
Please dciscuss whether the UWNR TS 4.5 is consistent with the standard. gui~dance.
However, environmental monitoring as described in ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007 is satisfied.
Licensee's Response:
All liquid releases to the sewer and air effluents to the stack are monitored and verified to be below effluent limits. Pool water is routinely analyzed for radioactivity according to TS 4.3, and any water make-up beyond normal evaporative losses is monitored and verified to be below effluent limits. Environmental TLD badges are also located at various positions off-site to monitor exposure.Page 18 of 25 Licensee's Response: TS 5.1 is revised to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007 states specific systems from section 3 specifications will establish the minimum performance level, and the companion section 4 surveillance specifications will prescribe the frequency and scope of surveillance to demonstrate such performance. TS 3.5 states the minimum requirements of one exhaust fan operating, exhaust flow-rate, and exhaust filter pressure drop. TS 4.5 states that the ventilation system shall be verified operable quarterly. Even though TS 3.5 has been revised to identify the minimum performance levels, TS 4.5 is still consistent with ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
Two new specifications are added to define the operations and site boundaries.
4'.4NUkff-1 737_ states that he forat'n content of the TS follow that of ANSI/AN&s 15. 1.
Previously proposed TS 5.1.1: The reactor shall be housed in a closed room designed to restrict leakage. The minimum free volume shall be 2,000 cubic meters.Previously proposed TS 5.1.2: All air or other gas exhausted from the reactor room and the Beam Port and Thermal Column Ventilation System shall be released to the environment a minimum of 26.5 meters above ground level.Newly proposed TS 5.1.3: The operations boundary shall be the Reactor Laboratory, room 1215 of the Mechanical Engineering Building.
    -ANSI/ANS-15.1 -20,97 Section~ 4.7.2 (2) rvdsgiaco               suvilne r~equiremen~ts covering environmentai1l frionitoring, pecifically 'sampling of soil, vegetation,; or water in-the viciit~y ofthe' facility.'' Plq~asedtcs whte UJNR4TS 4.71.2is con~sistent wJith~t~he Licensee's Response:
The operations boundary shall be a restricted area.Newly proposed TS 5.1.4: The site boundary shall be that portion of the center and east wings of the Mechanical Engineering Building south of the north lobby, plus the portion of Engineering Drive south of the designated areas of the building.
TS 4.7.2 was based on the standard ANSI/ANS-15.1-1990 approved at the time of license renewal application submittal, which was not specific to address off-site monitoring.
The site boundary may be a non-restricted area.See Attachment 1.Page 19 of 25 26.. NUREG-1 537 states thttefoma n content of the TS follow, thtat of AN SI/ANS 15. 1.ANSlIANS-i 51~-2007 Section V6.1;.1 provides guidance related to orgaizational strUctUre.
However, environmental monitoring as described in ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007 is satisfied. All liquid releases to the sewer and air effluents to the stack are monitored and verified to be below effluent limits. Pool water is routinely analyzed for radioactivity according to TS 4.3, and any water make-up beyond normal evaporative losses is monitored and verified to be below effluent limits. Environmental TLD badges are also located at various positions off-site to monitor exposure.
UWVNR TS 6.1.1 states thatthe Radiation SaeyOfc eot to" 'bth com~mitte~es as well as to the Reactor Director." However, the organiztional chart has the Radiation  
Page 18 of 25
~Safety~Office reportng to a level ab~ove thie ANSI/ANS-1 5.4 Leve~l 1 position.
 
Please clarify~ the reporting strctr fror the Radiation Safety ffice at UWVNR.Licensee's Response: The University Radiation Safety Committee (URSC) is the body that authorizes use of ionizing radiation on campus and is responsible for the oversight of all radioactive material on campus. This authority is delegated to the URSC by the Chancellor who receives authority from the Board of Regents, the ultimate holder of the reactor. license. The Radiation Safety Office is delegated by the URSC to implement, on a day-to-day basis, the authority of the URSC. The Radiation Safety Officer (RSO) is in charge of the Radiation Safety Office and is a member of the URSC. The Reactor Safety Committee (RSC) is a standing sub-committee of the URSC and the RSC chair is a member of the URSC. The RSO is also a member of the RSC. Therefore the Radiation Safety Office operates under the authority of the URSC,and reports to the URSC, department chair, RSC and Reactor Director on review and audit functions at the facility.
Licensee's Response:
Each of these organizations has the authority to stop work at the reactor laboratory.
TS 5.1 is revised to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007. Two new specifications are added to define the operations and site boundaries.
Certain level 1 responsibilities of the Board of Regents of the University of Wisconsin, the holder of the reactor license, are delegated to the Engineering Physics Department chair.The organizational chart is revised for clarification below. See also Attachment 1.Page 20 of 25 BOARD &#xfd;OF REGENTS CHANCELLOR  
Previously proposed TS 5.1.1:
-MADISON CAMPUS (ANSi/ANS-15.1 Level 1)UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN RADIATION SAFETY COMMITTEE I.-'I CHAIR ENGINEERING PHYSICS&DEPARTMENT (ANSI/ANS715.-
The reactor shall be housed in a closed room designed to restrict leakage. The minimum free volume shall be 2,000 cubic meters.
Level 1)REACTOR SAFETYCOM M ITTEE REACTOR: DIRECTOR (ANSI/ANS-15:1 Level 2)OEATOR'.SUPERVISOR. (SRO).(ANSIIANS-i15.1 Level 3)I.1 University Safety Department Radiation Safety Office H! I)ALTERNATE SUPERVISORS (SRO)(ANSI/ANS-1 5.1 Level 3)REACTOR OPERATORS (RO)(ANSI/ANS-1 5.1 Level 4) I Reporting Lines----- ----- Communication Lines Page 21 of 25 Licensee's Response: TS 6.1.3.1 .c is revised to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
Previously proposed TS 5.1.2:
All air or other gas exhausted from the reactor room and the Beam Port and Thermal Column Ventilation System shall be released to the environment a minimum of 26.5 meters above ground level.
Newly proposed TS 5.1.3:
The operations boundary shall be the Reactor Laboratory, room 1215 of the Mechanical Engineering Building. The operations boundary shall be a restricted area.
Newly proposed TS 5.1.4:
The site boundary shall be that portion of the center and east wings of the Mechanical Engineering Building south of the north lobby, plus the portion of Engineering Drive south of the designated areas of the building. The site boundary may be a non-restricted area.
See Attachment 1.
Page 19 of 25
 
26.. NUREG-1 537 states thttefoma n content of the TS follow, thtat of AN SI/ANS 15. 1.
ANSlIANS-i 51~-2007 SectionV6.1;.1 provides guidance related to orgaizational strUctUre.
UWVNR TS 6.1.1 states thatthe Radiation SaeyOfc eot to"'bth com~mitte~es as well as to the Reactor Director." However, the organiztional chart has the Radiation ~Safety~
Office reportng to a level ab~ove thie ANSI/ANS-1 5.4 Leve~l 1 position. Please clarify~the reporting strctr fror the Radiation Safety ffice at UWVNR.
Licensee's Response:
The University Radiation Safety Committee (URSC) is the body that authorizes use of ionizing radiation on campus and is responsible for the oversight of all radioactive material on campus. This authority is delegated to the URSC by the Chancellor who receives authority from the Board of Regents, the ultimate holder of the reactor. license. The Radiation Safety Office is delegated by the URSC to implement, on a day-to-day basis, the authority of the URSC. The Radiation Safety Officer (RSO) is in charge of the Radiation Safety Office and is a member of the URSC. The Reactor Safety Committee (RSC) is a standing sub-committee of the URSC and the RSC chair is a member of the URSC. The RSO is also a member of the RSC. Therefore the Radiation Safety Office operates under the authority of the URSC,and reports to the URSC, department chair, RSC and Reactor Director on review and audit functions at the facility. Each of these organizations has the authority to stop work at the reactor laboratory.
Certain level 1 responsibilities of the Board of Regents of the University of Wisconsin, the holder of the reactor license, are delegated to the Engineering Physics Department chair.
The organizational chart is revised for clarification below. See also Attachment 1.
Page 20 of 25
 
BOARD &#xfd;OF REGENTS CHANCELLOR - MADISON CAMPUS (ANSi/ANS-15.1 Level 1)
UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN RADIATION SAFETY COMMITTEE I.-'
I CHAIR ENGINEERING PHYSICS&DEPARTMENT                       REACTOR SAFETYCOM MITTEE (ANSI/ANS715.- Level 1)
I
                                                                        .1 REACTOR: DIRECTOR (ANSI/ANS-15:1 Level 2)
                                                  !
University Safety Department Radiation Safety Office H
I OEATOR'.SUPERVISOR. (SRO)
      .(ANSIIANS-i15.1 Level 3)
                                                                                                )
ALTERNATE SUPERVISORS (SRO)
(ANSI/ANS-1 5.1 Level 3)
REACTOR OPERATORS (RO)
(ANSI/ANS-1 5.1 Level 4)       I                           -----
                                                                  -----
Reporting Lines Communication Lines Page 21 of 25
 
Licensee's Response:
TS 6.1.3.1 .c is revised to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
Previously proposed TS 6.1.3.1.c:
Previously proposed TS 6.1.3.1.c:
A designated senior reactor operator shall be readily available at the facility or on call.Currently proposed TS 6.1.3.1.c:
A designated senior reactor operator shall be readily available at the facility or on call.
A designated senior reactor operator shall be readily available at the facility or on call.On call means the individual can be rapidly reached by phone or radio and is within 30 minutes or 15 miles'of the reactor facility.See Attachment 1.28, UREG-1n 5 ter 12.1oonductofO organization shall meet th o-oe ~reactor tnsdardaiain statesN hat 1 tc)7 eNfA 15.1..2.2 ReiwadAdtGopQoUSsae ot less than'bone-half of the memnbership wh~ere o perating taff dosnt osiute anajority is' considered as _urrs TS 6.2. 1d~oe~s ot specif the comiposition of the Saft eiwCmite(R) justorum._
Currently proposed TS 6.1.3.1.c:
number of rnrbers. Plea se diCLS the'opqitoof theSCad-h numbers the membe~rsfromn operating saf.Licensee's.
A designated senior reactor operator shall be readily available at the facility or on call.
Response: The Reactor Safety Committee (RSC) charter precludes reactor operating staff from being members of the committee.
On call means the individual can be rapidly reached by phone or radio and is within 30 minutes or 15 miles'of the reactor facility.
Page 22 of 25 Licensee's Response: It is recognized that TS 6.2.4 does not specify an independent review of the areas cited above. TS 6.2.4 is revised to clearly specify the requested independent review.Previously proposed TS 6.2.4: A Health Physicist from the University of Wisconsin Safety Department Radiation Safety Office shall represent the University Radiation Safety Committee and shall conduct an inspection of the facility at least monthly to assure compliance with the regulations of 10 CFR Part 20. The services and inspection function of the Health Physics Office shall also be available to the Reactor Safety Committee, and will extend the scope of the audit to cover license, technical specification, and procedure adherence.
See Attachment 1.
The committee shall audit operation and operational records of the facility.
28,   UREG-1n     5       ter 12.1oonductofO organization shall meet th o-oe             ~reactor tnsdardaiain statesN 1 hat tc)7 eNfA 15.1..2.2 ReiwadAdtGopQoUSsae                         ot less than'bone-half of the memnbership wh~ere o perating taff dosnt osiute anajority is' considered as                   _urrs TS 6.2. 1d~oe~s ot specif the comiposition of the Saft eiwCmite(R)                       justorum._
If the committee chooses to use the staff of the Health Physics organization for the audit function, the reports of audit results will be distributed to the committee and included as an agenda item for committee meetings.Reactor staff shall perform annual reviews of the requalification program, the security plan, and the emergency plan and its implementing procedures.
number of rnrbers. Plea se diCLS the'opqitoof theSCad-h numbers the membe~rsfromn operating saf.
Currently proposed TS 6.2.4: A Health Physicist from the University of Wisconsin Safety Department Radiation Safety Office shall represent the University Radiation Safety Committee and shall conduct an inspection of the facility at least monthly to assure compliance with the regulations of 10 CFR Part 20. The services and inspection function of the Health Physics Office shall also be available to the Reactor Safety Committee, and will extend the scope of the audit to cover license, technical specification, and procedure adherence.
Licensee's. Response:
The committee shall audit operation and operational records of the facility, requalification program, security plan, and emergency plan and its implementing procedures.
The Reactor Safety Committee (RSC) charter precludes reactor operating staff from being members of the committee.
If the committee chooses to use the staff of the Health Physics organization for the audit function, the reports of audit results will be distributed to the committee and included as an agenda item for committee meetings.See Attachment 1.Page 23 of 25 Licensee's Response: TS 6.3 specifies that the reactor laboratory shall meet the requirements of the University Radiation Safety Regulations.
Page 22 of 25
The University Radiation Safety Regulations meet the requirements of 10 CFR 20.1101 (a) and ANSI/ANS-15.11-1993 (R2004) as specified in ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
 
~31 UWVNRTS 6.8.2 specifies o~ne cyc~le as retention tirne foroprtrqaitonr re~qualification.
Licensee's Response:
Regula~tion 10 CFR 55.59(c(5j) reqUires that it be a training cycle. Please Licensee's Response: TS 6.8.2 is revised to confirm to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007 and 10 CFR 55.59(c)(5).
It is recognized that TS 6.2.4 does not specify an independent review of the areas cited above. TS 6.2.4 is revised to clearly specify the requested independent review.
Previously proposed TS 6.8.2, Records to be Retained for at Least One Cycle: Operator qualification and re-qualification records.Currently proposed TS 6.8.2, Records to be Retained for at Least One Certification Cycle: Record of retraining and requalification of certified operations personnel shall be maintained at all times the individual is employed or until the certification is renewed.For the purposes of this technical specification, a certification is an NRC issued operator license.See Attachment 1.Page 24 of 25 Following discussions with the NRC on 6/2/2010, two additional requests were made regarding the proposed technical specifications beyond those already submitted as RAIs.First, it was observed that each technical specification in chapter 5 was missing the basis.Therefore the applicability, objective, and basis for each technical specification in chapter 5 is included in the currently proposed technical specifications.
Previously proposed TS 6.2.4:
Each applicability, objective, and basis is based on existing wording in the currently approved technical specifications (Amendment No. 17 to the license).
A Health Physicist from the University of Wisconsin Safety Department Radiation Safety Office shall represent the University Radiation Safety Committee and shall conduct an inspection of the facility at least monthly to assure compliance with the regulations of 10 CFR Part 20. The services and inspection function of the Health Physics Office shall also be available to the Reactor Safety Committee, and will extend the scope of the audit to cover license, technical specification, and procedure adherence.
See Attachment 1.Second, it was noted in the technical specifications chapter 6 that there was no requirement for retaining certain records as required by 10 CFR 50.36(c).
The committee shall audit operation and operational records of the facility. If the committee chooses to use the staff of the Health Physics organization for the audit function, the reports of audit results will be distributed to the committee and included as an agenda item for committee meetings.
Specifically, notification of an exceeded safety limit, notification that an automatic safety system did not function as required, and notification of a failure to meet limiting conditions for operation.
Reactor staff shall perform annual reviews of the requalification program, the security plan, and the emergency plan and its implementing procedures.
These three records were added to TS 6.8.3, Records to be Retained for the Lifetime of the Reactor Facility.Newly proposed TS 6.8.3 items 5-7: 5. Notification that safety limit was exceeded.6. Notification that automatic safety system did not function as required.7. Notification of failure to meet limiting conditions for operation.
Currently proposed TS 6.2.4:
See Attachment 1.Page 25 of 25 Attachment I Newly Proposed UWNR Technical Specifications UWNR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TS 1 INTRODUCTION TS 1.1 Scope This section of the SAR for license renewal of the University of Wisconsin Nuclear Reactor constitutes the proposed Technical Specifications for that facility as required by 10 CFR 50.36. This document includes the basis to support the selection and significance of the specifications.
A Health Physicist from the University of Wisconsin Safety Department Radiation Safety Office shall represent the University Radiation Safety Committee and shall conduct an inspection of the facility at least monthly to assure compliance with the regulations of 10 CFR Part 20. The services and inspection function of the Health Physics Office shall also be available to the Reactor Safety Committee, and will extend the scope of the audit to cover license, technical specification, and procedure adherence.
Each basis is included for information purposes only, and is not part of the Technical Specifications in that it does not constitute requirements or limitations which the licensee must meet in order to meet the specifications.
The committee shall audit operation and operational records of the facility, requalification program, security plan, and emergency plan and its implementing procedures. If the committee chooses to use the staff of the Health Physics organization for the audit function, the reports of audit results will be distributed to the committee and included as an agenda item for committee meetings.
Dimensions, measurements, and other numerical values given in these specifications may differ slightly from actual values due to construction and manufacturing tolerances or normal degree of accuracy or of instrument readings.These specifications are re-formatted from the technical specifications in force in 1999 as amended in 2008 for the conversion to LEU fuel (Amendment No. 17).. Changes reflect only changes required by name changes or to include information not in the original technical specifications.
See Attachment 1.
In addition, certain additions required by NUREG-1537 are included.
Page 23 of 25
All substantive changes were denoted by redlining in the 2000 license renewalsubmittal Rev 0, but currently only changes since the last revision are redlined (indicated by vertical line in margin).TS 1.2 Format Content and section numbering is in accordance with section 1.2.2 of ANSI/ANS 15.1.TS 1.3 Definitions The terms used herein are explicitly defined to ensure uniform interpretation of the Technical Specifications.
 
Licensee's Response:
TS 6.3 specifies that the reactor laboratory shall meet the requirements of the University Radiation Safety Regulations. The University Radiation Safety Regulations meet the requirements of 10 CFR 20.1101 (a) and ANSI/ANS-15.11-1993 (R2004) as specified in ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.
~31 UWVNRTS 6.8.2 specifies o~ne cyc~le as retention tirne foroprtrqaitonr re~qualification. Regula~tion 10 CFR 55.59(c(5j) reqUires that it be a training cycle. Please Licensee's Response:
TS 6.8.2 is revised to confirm to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007 and 10 CFR 55.59(c)(5).
Previously proposed TS 6.8.2, Records to be Retained for at Least One Cycle:
Operator qualification and re-qualification records.
Currently proposed TS 6.8.2, Records to be Retained for at Least One Certification Cycle:
Record of retraining and requalification of certified operations personnel shall be maintained at all times the individual is employed or until the certification is renewed.
For the purposes of this technical specification, a certification is an NRC issued operator license.
See Attachment 1.
Page 24 of 25
 
Following discussions with the NRC on 6/2/2010, two additional requests were made regarding the proposed technical specifications beyond those already submitted as RAIs.
First, it was observed that each technical specification in chapter 5 was missing the basis.
Therefore the applicability, objective, and basis for each technical specification in chapter 5 is included in the currently proposed technical specifications. Each applicability, objective, and basis is based on existing wording in the currently approved technical specifications (Amendment No. 17 to the license). See Attachment 1.
Second, it was noted in the technical specifications chapter 6 that there was no requirement for retaining certain records as required by 10 CFR 50.36(c). Specifically, notification of an exceeded safety limit, notification that an automatic safety system did not function as required, and notification of a failure to meet limiting conditions for operation. These three records were added to TS 6.8.3, Records to be Retained for the Lifetime of the Reactor Facility.
Newly   proposed TS 6.8.3 items 5-7:
: 5. Notification that safety limit was exceeded.
: 6. Notification that automatic safety system did not function as required.
: 7. Notification of failure to meet limiting conditions for operation.
See Attachment 1.
Page 25 of 25
 
Attachment I Newly Proposed UWNR Technical Specifications
 
UWNR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TS 1 INTRODUCTION TS 1.1 Scope This section of the SAR for license renewal of the University of Wisconsin Nuclear Reactor constitutes the proposed Technical Specifications for that facility as required by 10 CFR 50.36. This document includes the basis to support the selection and significance of the specifications. Each basis is included for information purposes only, and is not part of the Technical Specifications in that it does not constitute requirements or limitations which the licensee must meet in order to meet the specifications. Dimensions, measurements, and other numerical values given in these specifications may differ slightly from actual values due to construction and manufacturing tolerances or normal degree of accuracy or of instrument readings.
These specifications are re-formatted from the technical specifications in force in 1999 as amended in 2008 for the conversion to LEU fuel (Amendment No. 17).. Changes reflect only changes required by name changes or to include information not in the original technical specifications. In addition, certain additions required by NUREG-1537 are included. All substantive changes were denoted by redlining in the 2000 license renewalsubmittal Rev 0, but currently only changes since the last revision are redlined (indicated by vertical line in margin).
TS 1.2 Format Content and section numbering is in accordance with section 1.2.2 of ANSI/ANS 15.1.
TS 1.3 Definitions The terms used herein are explicitly defined to ensure uniform interpretation of the Technical Specifications.
CHANNEL CALIBRATION:
CHANNEL CALIBRATION:
A channel calibration consists of comparing a measured value from the measuring channel with a corresponding known value of the parameter so that the measuring channel output can be adjusted to respond with acceptable accuracy to known values of the measured variable.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-I CHANNEL CHECK: A channel check is a qualitative verification of acceptable performance by observation of channel behavior.CHANNEL TEST: A channel test is the introduction of a signal into the channel to verify that it is operable.COLD CRITICAL: The reactor is in the cold critical condition when it is critical in the reference core condition.
A channel calibration consists of comparing a measured value from the measuring channel with a corresponding known value of the parameter so that the measuring channel output can be adjusted to respond with acceptable accuracy to known values of the measured variable.
UWNR Technical Specifications                 TS-I
 
CHANNEL CHECK:
A channel check is a qualitative verification of acceptable performance by observation of channel behavior.
CHANNEL TEST:
A channel test is the introduction of a signal into the channel to verify that it is operable.
COLD CRITICAL:
The reactor is in the cold critical condition when it is critical in the reference core condition.
CONFINEMENT:
CONFINEMENT:
Confinement is an enclosure of the facility that is designed to limit the release of effluents between the enclosure and its external environment through controlled pathways.
Confinement is an enclosure of the facility that is designed to limit the release of effluents between the enclosure and its external environment through controlled pathways. This is room 1215 of the Mechanical Engineering Building.
This is room 1215 of the Mechanical Engineering Building.CORE LATTICE POSITION: A core lattice position is that region in the core (approximately 3" by 3") over a grid hole. It may be occupied by a fuel bundle, an experiment or experimental facility, or a reflector element.EXCESS REACTIVITY:
CORE LATTICE POSITION:
A core lattice position is that region in the core (approximately 3" by 3") over a grid hole. It may be occupied by a fuel bundle, an experiment or experimental facility, or a reflector element.
EXCESS REACTIVITY:
Excess reactivity is that amount ofreactivity that would exist if all control elements were fully withdrawn from the core in the cold critical condition.
Excess reactivity is that amount ofreactivity that would exist if all control elements were fully withdrawn from the core in the cold critical condition.
UWNR Technical Specifications TS-2 EXPERIMENT:
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-2
Experiment shall mean: I. Any apparatus, device or material which is not a normal part of the reactor core or experimental facility, or 2. Any activity external to the biological shield using a beam of radiation emanating from the reactor core, or 3. Any operation designed to measure reactor parameters or characteristics, or any activity external to the biological shield using a beam of radiation emanating from the reactor core: Classification of experiments shall be: 1. Routine experiments.
 
Routine experiments are those which have previously been performed at the facility.2. Modified routine experiments.
EXPERIMENT:
Modified routine experiments are those which have not been performed previously but are similar to the routine experiments in that the hazards are neither greater nor significantly different than those for the corresponding routine experiments.
Experiment shall mean:
: 3. Special experiments.
I. Any apparatus, device or material which is not a normal part of the reactor core or experimental facility, or
Special experiments are those which are not routine or modified routine experiments.
: 2. Any activity external to the biological shield using a beam of radiation emanating from the reactor core, or
EXPERIMENT SAFETY SYSTEMS: Experiment safety systems are those systems, including their associated input circuits, which are designed to initiate a scram for the primary purpose of protecting an experiment or to provide information which requires manual protective action to be initiated.
: 3. Any operation designed to measure reactor parameters or characteristics, or any activity external to the biological shield using a beam of radiation emanating from the reactor core:
Classification of experiments shall be:
: 1. Routine experiments. Routine experiments are those which have previously been performed at the facility.
: 2. Modified routine experiments. Modified routine experiments are those which have not been performed previously but are similar to the routine experiments in that the hazards are neither greater nor significantly different than those for the corresponding routine experiments.
: 3. Special experiments. Special experiments are those which are not routine or modified routine experiments.
EXPERIMENT SAFETY SYSTEMS:
Experiment safety systems are those systems, including their associated input circuits, which are designed to initiate a scram for the primary purpose of protecting an experiment or to provide information which requires manual protective action to be initiated.
EXPERIMENTAL FACILITIES:
EXPERIMENTAL FACILITIES:
Experimental facilities shall mean beam ports, including extension tubes with shields, thermal columns with shields, vertical tubes, through tubes, in-core irradiation baskets, irradiation cell, pneumatic transfer systems and any other in-pool irradiation facilities.
Experimental facilities shall mean beam ports, including extension tubes with shields, thermal columns with shields, vertical tubes, through tubes, in-core irradiation baskets, irradiation cell, pneumatic transfer systems and any other in-pool irradiation facilities.
FUEL BUNDLE: A fuel bundle is a cluster of three or four fuel elements secured in a square array by a top handle and a bottom grid plate adaptor.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-3 FUEL ELEMENT: A fuel element is a single TRIGA fuel rod of LEU 30/20 type.INSTRUMENTED ELEMENT: An instrumented element is a special fuel element in which thermocouples are embedded for the purpose of measuring fuel temperatures during reactor operation.
FUEL BUNDLE:
A fuel bundle is a cluster of three or four fuel elements secured in a square array by a top handle and a bottom grid plate adaptor.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-3
 
FUEL ELEMENT:
A fuel element is a single TRIGA fuel rod of LEU 30/20 type.
INSTRUMENTED ELEMENT:
An instrumented element is a special fuel element in which thermocouples are embedded for the purpose of measuring fuel temperatures during reactor operation.
IRRADIATION:
IRRADIATION:
Irradiation shall mean the insertion of any device or material that is not a normal part of the core or experimental facilities into an experimental facility so that the device or material is exposed to a significant amount of the radiation available in that irradiation facility.LEU 30/20 CORE: A LEU 30/20 core is an arrangement of TRIGA LEU 30/20 fuel in the reactor grid plate.LIMITING SAFETY SYSTEM SETTINGS: Limiting safety system settings are settings for automatic protective devices related to those variables having significant safety functions.
Irradiation shall mean the insertion of any device or material that is not a normal part of the core or experimental facilities into an experimental facility so that the device or material is exposed to a significant amount of the radiation available in that irradiation facility.
MEASURED VALUE: The measured value is the magnitude of that variable as it appears on the output of a measuring channel.MEASURING CHANNEL: A measuring channel is the combination of sensor, interconnecting cables or lines, amplifiers, and output device which are connected for the purpose of measuring the value of a variable.NON-SECURED EXPERIMENT Any experiment not meeting the criteria of a secured experiment.
LEU 30/20 CORE:
OPERABLE: A system, device, or component shall be considered operable when it is capable of performing its intended functions in a normal manner.UWNR Technical Specifications TS'4 OPERATING:
A LEU 30/20 core is an arrangement of TRIGA LEU 30/20 fuel in the reactor grid plate.
Operating means a component or system is performing its intended function.OPERATIONAL CORE: An operational core is an LEU 30/20 core for which the core parameters of shutdown margin, fuel temperature, power calibration, and maximum allowable pulse reactivity insertion have been determined to satisfy the requirements of the Technical Specifications.
LIMITING SAFETY SYSTEM SETTINGS:
PULSE MODE (PU)Pulse mode operation shall mean any operation of the reactor with the mode selector switch in the pulse position.REACTOR OPERATION:
Limiting safety system settings are settings for automatic protective devices related to those variables having significant safety functions.
Reactor operation is any condition wherein the reactor is not secured.REACTOR SAFETY SYSTEMS: Reactor safety systems are those systems; including their associated input circuits, which are designed to initiate a reactor scram for the primary purpose of protecting the reactor or to provide information which requires manual protective action to be initiated.
MEASURED VALUE:
UWNR Technical Specifications TS-5 REACTOR SECURED: The reactor is secured when: 1. Either there is insufficient moderator available in the reactor to attain criticality or there is insufficient fissile material present in the reactor to attain criticality upon optimum available conditions of moderation and reflection, or 2. The following conditions exist: a. All shim-safety blades are fully inserted, b. The reactor is shut down, c. The console key switch is in the "off' position and the key is removed from the console and under the control of a licensed operator or stored in a locked storage area, and d. No work is in progress involving in-core fuel handling or refueling operations, maintenance of the reactor or its control mechanisms, or insertion or withdrawal of in-core experiments with a reactivity worth exceeding 0.7% AK/K.REACTOR SHUTDOWN: The reactor is shut down when the reactor is subcritical by at least 0.7% Ak/k of reactivity.
The measured value is the magnitude of that variable as it appears on the output of a measuring channel.
MEASURING CHANNEL:
A measuring channel is the combination of sensor, interconnecting cables or lines, amplifiers, and output device which are connected for the purpose of measuring the value of a variable.
NON-SECURED EXPERIMENT Any experiment not meeting the criteria of a secured experiment.
OPERABLE:
A system, device, or component shall be considered operable when it is capable of performing its intended functions in a normal manner.
UWNR Technical Specifications             TS'4
 
OPERATING:
Operating means a component or system is performing its intended function.
OPERATIONAL CORE:
An operational core is an LEU 30/20 core for which the core parameters of shutdown margin, fuel temperature, power calibration, and maximum allowable pulse reactivity insertion have been determined to satisfy the requirements of the Technical Specifications.
PULSE MODE (PU)
Pulse mode operation shall mean any operation of the reactor with the mode selector switch in the pulse position.
REACTOR OPERATION:
Reactor operation is any condition wherein the reactor is not secured.
REACTOR SAFETY SYSTEMS:
Reactor safety systems are those systems; including their associated input circuits, which are designed to initiate a reactor scram for the primary purpose of protecting the reactor or to provide information which requires manual protective action to be initiated.
UWNR Technical Specifications             TS-5
 
REACTOR SECURED:
The reactor is secured when:
: 1. Either there is insufficient moderator available in the reactor to attain criticality or there is insufficient fissile material present in the reactor to attain criticality upon optimum available conditions of moderation and reflection, or
: 2. The following conditions exist:
: a. All shim-safety blades are fully inserted,
: b. The reactor is shut down,
: c. The console key switch is in the "off' position and the key is removed from the console and under the control of a licensed operator or stored in a locked storage area, and
: d. No work is in progress involving in-core fuel handling or refueling operations, maintenance of the reactor or its control mechanisms, or insertion or withdrawal of in-core experiments with a reactivity worth exceeding 0.7% AK/K.
REACTOR SHUTDOWN:
The reactor is shut down when the reactor is subcritical by at least 0.7% Ak/k of reactivity.
REFERENCE CORE CONDITION:
REFERENCE CORE CONDITION:
The reactor is in the reference core condition when the fuel and bulk water temperatures are both below 125&deg;F and the reactivity worth of xenon is negligible
The reactor is in the reference core condition when the fuel and bulk water temperatures are both below 125&deg;F and the reactivity worth of xenon is negligible
(<0.2 %Ak/k).REGULATING BLADE: The regulating blade is a low worth control blade that need not have scram capability.
(<0.2 %Ak/k).
Its position may be varied manually or by the servo-controller.
REGULATING BLADE:
UWNR Technical Specifications TS-6 REPORTABLE OCCURRENCE:
The regulating blade is a low worth control blade that need not have scram capability. Its position may be varied manually or by the servo-controller.
UWNR Technical Specifications                 TS-6
 
REPORTABLE OCCURRENCE:
A reportable occurrence is any of the following that occur during reactor operation:
A reportable occurrence is any of the following that occur during reactor operation:
: 1. O0eration with any safety system setting less conservative than specified in the technical specifications;
: 1. O0eration with any safety system setting less conservative than specified in the technical specifications;
: 2. Operation in violation of a Limiting Condition for Operation listed in Section 3;3. Operation with a required reactor or experiment safety system component in an inoperative or failed condition which could render the system incapable of performing its intended safety function;4. Any unanticipated or uncontrolled change in reactivity greater than 0.7%AK/K, excluding reactor trips from a known cause;5. An observed inadequacy in the implementation of either administrative or procedural controls, such that the inadequacy could have caused the existence or development of a condition which could result in operation of the reactor outside the specified safety limits; and 6. Abnormal and significant degradation in reactor fuel or cladding, or coolant boundary (excluding minor leaks) where applicable.
: 2. Operation in violation of a Limiting Condition for Operation listed in Section 3;
SAFETY CHANNEL: A safety channel is a measuring channel in the reactor safety system.SAFETY LIMITS: Safety limits are limits on important process variables whichare found to be necessary to reasonably protect the integrity of certain of the physical barriers which guard against the uncontrolled release of radioactivity.
: 3. Operation with a required reactor or experiment safety system component in an inoperative or failed condition which could render the system incapable of performing its intended safety function;
SCRAM TIME: The time from the initiation of a scram signal to the time that the slowest scrammable control element reaches its fully inserted position.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-7 SECURED EXPERIMENT:
: 4. Any unanticipated or uncontrolled change in reactivity greater than 0.7%
A secured experiment shall mean any experiment that is held firmly in place by a mechanical device or by gravity, that is not readily removable from the reactor, and that requires one of the following actions to permit removal: I. Removal of mechanical fasteners 2. Use of underwater handling tools 3. Moving of shield blocks or beam port containers.
AK/K, excluding reactor trips from a known cause;
SHALL, SHOULD, AND MAY: The word "shall" is used to denote a requirement; the word "should" is used to denote a recommendation; and the word "may" is used to denote permission, neither a requirement nor a recommendation.
: 5. An observed inadequacy in the implementation of either administrative or procedural controls, such that the inadequacy could have caused the existence or development of a condition which could result in operation of the reactor outside the specified safety limits; and
SHIM-SAFETY BLADE: A shim-safety blade is a control blade having an electric motor drive and scram capabilities.
: 6. Abnormal and significant degradation in reactor fuel or cladding, or coolant boundary (excluding minor leaks) where applicable.
Its position may be varied manually or by the servo-controller.
SAFETY CHANNEL:
SHUTDOWN MARGIN: Shutdown margin shall mean the minimum shutdown reactivity necessary to provide confidence that the reactor can be made subcritical by means of the control and safety systems, starting from any, permissible operating condition (assuming the most reactive scrammable control element and any non-scrammable control elements remain full out), and the reactor will remain subcritical without further operator action.SQUARE WAVE MODE (SW)Square wave mode operation shall mean any operation of the reactor with the mode selector switch in the square wave position.STEADY STATE MODE (SS)Steady state mode operation shall mean operation of the reactor with the mode selector switch in the manual or automatic positions.
A safety channel is a measuring channel in the reactor safety system.
UWNR Technical Specifications TS-8 TRANSIENT ROD: The transient rod is a control rod with scram capabilities that can be rapidly ejected from the reactor core to produce a pulse. Its position may be varied manually or by the servo-controller.
SAFETY LIMITS:
It may have a voided or solid aluminum follower.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-9 TS 2 SAFETY LIMITS AND LIMITING SAFETY SYSTEM SETTINGS TS 2.1 Safety Limits Applicability This specification applies to fuel element temperature and steady-state reactor power level.Objective The objective is to define the maximum fuel element temperature and reactor power level that can be permitted with confidence that no fuel element cladding failure will result.Specification
Safety limits are limits on important process variables whichare found to be necessary to reasonably protect the integrity of certain of the physical barriers which guard against the uncontrolled release of radioactivity.
SCRAM TIME:
The time from the initiation of a scram signal to the time that the slowest scrammable control element reaches its fully inserted position.
UWNR Technical Specifications             TS-7
 
SECURED EXPERIMENT:
A secured experiment shall mean any experiment that is held firmly in place by a mechanical device or by gravity, that is not readily removable from the reactor, and that requires one of the following actions to permit removal:
I. Removal of mechanical fasteners
: 2. Use of underwater handling tools
: 3. Moving of shield blocks or beam port containers.
SHALL, SHOULD, AND MAY:
The word "shall" is used to denote a requirement; the word "should" is used to denote a recommendation; and the word "may" is used to denote permission, neither a requirement nor a recommendation.
SHIM-SAFETY BLADE:
A shim-safety blade is a control blade having an electric motor drive and scram capabilities. Its position may be varied manually or by the servo-controller.
SHUTDOWN MARGIN:
Shutdown margin shall mean the minimum shutdown reactivity necessary to provide confidence that the reactor can be made subcritical by means of the control and safety systems, starting from any, permissible operating condition (assuming the most reactive scrammable control element and any non-scrammable control elements remain full out), and the reactor will remain subcritical without further operator action.
SQUARE WAVE MODE (SW)
Square wave mode operation shall mean any operation of the reactor with the mode selector switch in the square wave position.
STEADY STATE MODE (SS)
Steady state mode operation shall mean operation of the reactor with the mode selector switch in the manual or automatic positions.
UWNR Technical Specifications             TS-8
 
TRANSIENT ROD:
The transient rod is a control rod with scram capabilities that can be rapidly ejected from the reactor core to produce a pulse. Its position may be varied manually or by the servo-controller. It may have a voided or solid aluminum follower.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-9
 
TS 2 SAFETY LIMITS AND LIMITING SAFETY SYSTEM SETTINGS TS 2.1 Safety Limits Applicability This specification applies to fuel element temperature and steady-state reactor power level.
Objective The objective is to define the maximum fuel element temperature and reactor power level that can be permitted with confidence that no fuel element cladding failure will result.
Specification
: 1. The temperature in a TRIGA LEU 30/20 fuel element shall not exceed 1150'C under any conditions of operation.
: 1. The temperature in a TRIGA LEU 30/20 fuel element shall not exceed 1150'C under any conditions of operation.
: 2. The reactor steady-state power level shall not exceed 1500 kW under any conditions of operation.
: 2. The reactor steady-state power level shall not exceed 1500 kW under any conditions of operation.
Basis A loss of integrity of the fuel element cladding could arise from a buildup of excessive pressure between the fuel moderator and the cladding if the fuel temperature exceeds the safety limit. The pressure is caused by air, fission product gases, and hydrogen from dissociation of the fuel moderator.
Basis A loss of integrity of the fuel element cladding could arise from a buildup of excessive pressure between the fuel moderator and the cladding if the fuel temperature exceeds the safety limit. The pressure is caused by air, fission product gases, and hydrogen from dissociation of the fuel moderator. The magnitude of this pressure is determined by the fuel moderator temperature and the ratio of hydrogen to zirconium in the alloy.
The magnitude of this pressure is determined by the fuel moderator temperature and the ratio of hydrogen to zirconium in the alloy.The safety limit for the TRIGA LEU 30/20 fuel element is based on data which indicate that the stress in the cladding due to hydrogen pressure from the dissociation of zirconium hydride will remain below the ultimate stress provided the temperature does not exceed 11 50'C and the fuel cladding is water cooled 2.It has been shown by experience that operation of TRIGA reactors at a power level of 1500 kW will not result in damage to the fuel. Several reactors of this type have operated successfully for several years at power levels up to 1500kW. The LEU Conversion SARI section 4.7.8 shows by analysis that a power level of 1500 kW corresponds to a peak fuel temperature of 665&deg;C. Thus a Safety Limit on power level of 1500 kW provides an ample margin of safety for operation.
The safety limit for the TRIGA LEU 30/20 fuel element is based on data which indicate that the stress in the cladding due to hydrogen pressure from the dissociation of zirconium hydride will remain below the ultimate stress provided the temperature does not exceed 11 50'C and the fuel cladding is water cooled2 .
UWNR Technical Specifications TS-10 TS 2.2 Limiting Safety System Settings Applicability This specification applies to the scram setting which prevents the safety limit from being reached.Obiective The objective is to prevent the safety limits from being reached.Specification
It has been shown by experience that operation of TRIGA reactors at a power level of 1500 kW will not result in damage to the fuel. Several reactors of this type have operated successfully for several years at power levels up to 1500kW. The LEU Conversion SARI section 4.7.8 shows by analysis that a power level of 1500 kW corresponds to a peak fuel temperature of 665&deg;C. Thus a Safety Limit on power level of 1500 kW provides an ample margin of safety for operation.
: 1. The limiting safety system setting for fuel temperature shall be 400'C as measured in an instrumented fuel element with a pin power peaking factor between 0.87 and 1.16, or 500'C as measured in an instrumented fuel element with a pin power peaking factor of at least 1.16.2. The limiting safety system setting for reactor power level shall be 1.25 MW.Basis 1. The limiting safety system setting is a temperature which, if exceeded, shall cause a reactor scram to be initiated preventing the safety limit from being exceeded.Analyses performed in section 4.7.6 of the LEU Conversion Analysis]
UWNR Technical Specifications                 TS-10
show that with the IFE in a core location with a pin power peaking factor of at least 0.87, the maximum fuel temperature would be no greater than 678 0 C if the IFE thermocouple reaches 400'C providing a margin of 472&deg;C to the safety limit. The same analyses also show that with the IFE in a core location with a pin power peaking factor of at least 1.16, the maximum fuel temperature would be no greater than 678&deg;C if the IFE thermocouple reaches 500'C providing a margin of 472&deg;C to the safety limit.In the pulse mode of operation, the same limiting safety system setting will apjly.However, the temperature channel will have no effect on limiting the peak powers generated because of its relatively long time constant (seconds) as compared with the width of the pulse (milliseconds).
 
In this mode, however, the temperature trip will act to reduce the amount of energy generated in the entire pulse transient by cutting off the "tail" of the energy transient in the event the pulse rod remains stuck in the fully withdrawn position.2. Analysis in section 4.7 of the Conversion Analysis SAR shows that at'1.3 MW, the peak fuel temperature in the core willbe approximately 604'C so.that the limiting o power level setting provides an ample safety margin to accommodate errors in power level measurement and anticipated operational transients.
TS 2.2 Limiting Safety System Settings Applicability This specification applies to the scram setting which prevents the safety limit from being reached.
UWNR Technical Specifications TS-11I TS 3 LIMITING CONDITIONS FOR OPERATION TS 3.1 Reactor Core Parameters TS 3.1.1 Excess Reactivity Applicability This specification applies to the reactivity condition of the reactor and the reactivity worths of control elements and applies for all modes of operation.
Obiective The objective is to prevent the safety limits from being reached.
Objective The objective is to assure that the reactor can be shut down at all times.Specification The excess reactivity shall not exceed 5.6% Ak/k.Basis As shown in chapter 4 of the SAR, this amount of excess reactivity will provide the capability to operate the reactor at full power with experiments in place.The primary limitation providing reactivity safety, however, is the shutdown margin requirement discussed in the next specification.
Specification
UWNR Technical Specifications TS-12 TS 3.1.2 Shutdown Margin Applicability This specification applies to the reactivity condition of the reactor and the reactivity worths of control elements and applies for all modes of operation.
: 1. The limiting safety system setting for fuel temperature shall be 400'C as measured in an instrumented fuel element with a pin power peaking factor between 0.87 and 1.16, or 500'C as measured in an instrumented fuel element with a pin power peaking factor of at least 1.16.
Objective The objective is to assure that the reactor can be shut down at all times.Specification The reactor shall not be operated unless the shutdown margin provided by control rods shall be greater than 0.2% Ak/k with: 1. the highest worth non-secured experiment in its most reactive state, 2. the highest worth control element and the regulating blade (if not scrammable) fully withdrawn, and 3. the reactor in the reference core condition.
: 2. The limiting safety system setting for reactor power level shall be 1.25 MW.
Basis The value of the shutdown margin assures that the reactor can be shut down from any operating condition even if the highest worth control element should remain in the fully withdrawn position.
Basis
If the regulating blade is not scrammable, its worth is not used in determining the shutdown reactivity.
: 1. The limiting safety system setting is a temperature which, if exceeded, shall cause a reactor scram to be initiated preventing the safety limit from being exceeded.
UWNR Technical Specifications TS-13 TS 3.1.3 Pulse Limits Applicability This specification applies to the reactivity worth of the transient rod and pulse interlocks based on power level. It applies to pulse mode operation.
Analyses performed in section 4.7.6 of the LEU Conversion Analysis] show that with the IFE in a core location with a pin power peaking factor of at least 0.87, the maximum fuel temperature would be no greater than 678 0 C if the IFE thermocouple reaches 400'C providing a margin of 472&deg;C to the safety limit. The same analyses also show that with the IFE in a core location with a pin power peaking factor of at least 1.16, the maximum fuel temperature would be no greater than 678&deg;C if the IFE thermocouple reaches 500'C providing a margin of 472&deg;C to the safety limit.
Obiective The objective is to assure that the fuel temperature safety limit will not be exceeded.Specification
In the pulse mode of operation, the same limiting safety system setting will apjly.
: 1. The reactivity to be inserted for pulse operation shall be determined and mechanically limited such that the reactivity insertion will not exceed 1.4%Ak/k.2. Pulses shall not be initiated at power levels exceeding 1 kilowatt.Basis 1. The LEU Conversion SAR section 4.7.10 shows by analysis that a 1.4%Ak/k limitation on pulse reactivity will result in a maximum fuel temperature of 790'C. This leaves a margin to the 11506C Safety Limit of 360'C, and a margin of 40'C to the 830'C operational limit recommended by General Atomics, "Pulsing Temperature Limit for TRIGA LEU Fuel," GA-C260 17 (December, 2007).2. The temperature rise from pulse initiation is in addition to the temperature in the fuel at the time the pulse is initiated.
However, the temperature channel will have no effect on limiting the peak powers generated because of its relatively long time constant (seconds) as compared with the width of the pulse (milliseconds). In this mode, however, the temperature trip will act to reduce the amount of energy generated in the entire pulse transient by cutting off the "tail" of the energy transient in the event the pulse rod remains stuck in the fully withdrawn position.
Limiting the initial power level to I kW assures that excessive temperatures will not be reached.TS 3.1.4 Core Configurations Applicability This specification applies to the configuration of fuel and in-core experiments.
: 2. Analysis in section 4.7 of the Conversion Analysis SAR shows that at'1.3 MW, the peak fuel temperature in the core willbe approximately 604'C so.that the limiting o power level setting provides an ample safety margin to accommodate errors in power level measurement and anticipated operational transients.
Obiective The objective is to assure that provisions are made to restrict the arrangement of fuel elements and experiments so as to provide assurance that excessive power densities will not be produced.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-14 Specification
UWNR Technical Specifications                 TS-11I
: 1. The core shall be an arrangement of TRIGA LEU 30/20 uranium-zirconium hydride fuel-moderator bundles positioned in the reactor grid plate.2. The reactor shall not be operated with a core lattice position vacant except for positions on the periphery of the core assembly.3. The reflector, excluding experiments and experimental facilities, shall be water or a combination of graphite and water.4. Fuel shall not be inserted or removed from the core unless the reactor is subcritical by more than the calculated worth of the most reactive fuel assembly.5. Control elements shall not be manually removed from the core unless the core has been shown to be subcritical with all control elements in the full out position.Basis 1. TRIGA cores have been in use for years and their characteristics are well documented.
 
LEU cores including 30/20 fuel have also been operated at General Atomics and Texas A&M and their successful operational characteristics are available.
TS 3 LIMITING CONDITIONS FOR OPERATION TS 3.1 Reactor Core Parameters TS 3.1.1 Excess Reactivity Applicability This specification applies to the reactivity condition of the reactor and the reactivity worths of control elements and applies for all modes of operation.
In addition, the analysis performed at Wisconsin indicates that the LEU 30/20 core will safely satisfy all operational recruirements.
Objective The objective is to assure that the reactor can be shut down at all times.
See chapters 4 and 13 of the LEU Conversion Analysis SAR.2. Vacant core lattice positions will contain experiments or an experimental facility to prevent accidental fuel additions to the reactor core. They will be permitted only on the periphery of the core to prevent power perturbations in regions of high power density.3. The core will be assembled in the reactor grid plate which is located in a pool of light water. Water in combination with graphite reflectors can be used for neutron economy and the enhancement of experimental facility radiation requirements.
Specification The excess reactivity shall not exceed 5.6% Ak/k.
Basis As shown in chapter 4 of the SAR, this amount of excess reactivity will provide the capability to operate the reactor at full power with experiments in place.
The primary limitation providing reactivity safety, however, is the shutdown margin requirement discussed in the next specification.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-12
 
TS 3.1.2 Shutdown Margin Applicability This specification applies to the reactivity condition of the reactor and the reactivity worths of control elements and applies for all modes of operation.
Objective The objective is to assure that the reactor can be shut down at all times.
Specification The reactor shall not be operated unless the shutdown margin provided by control rods shall be greater than 0.2% Ak/k with:
: 1. the highest worth non-secured experiment in its most reactive state,
: 2. the highest worth control element and the regulating blade (if not scrammable) fully withdrawn, and
: 3. the reactor in the reference core condition.
Basis The value of the shutdown margin assures that the reactor can be shut down from any operating condition even if the highest worth control element should remain in the fully withdrawn position. If the regulating blade is not scrammable, its worth is not used in determining the shutdown reactivity.
UWNR Technical Specifications             TS-13
 
TS 3.1.3   Pulse Limits Applicability This specification applies to the reactivity worth of the transient rod and pulse interlocks based on power level. It applies to pulse mode operation.
Obiective The objective is to assure that the fuel temperature safety limit will not be exceeded.
Specification
: 1. The reactivity to be inserted for pulse operation shall be determined and mechanically limited such that the reactivity insertion will not exceed 1.4%
Ak/k.
: 2. Pulses shall not be initiated at power levels exceeding 1 kilowatt.
Basis
: 1. The LEU Conversion SAR section 4.7.10 shows by analysis that a 1.4
                    %Ak/k limitation on pulse reactivity will result in a maximum fuel temperature of 790'C. This leaves a margin to the 11506C Safety Limit of 360'C, and a margin of 40'C to the 830'C operational limit recommended by General Atomics, "Pulsing Temperature Limit for TRIGA LEU Fuel,"
GA-C260 17 (December, 2007).
: 2. The temperature rise from pulse initiation is in addition to the temperature in the fuel at the time the pulse is initiated. Limiting the initial power level to I kW assures that excessive temperatures will not be reached.
TS 3.1.4   Core Configurations Applicability This specification applies to the configuration of fuel and in-core experiments.
Obiective The objective is to assure that provisions are made to restrict the arrangement of fuel elements and experiments so as to provide assurance that excessive power densities will not be produced.
UWNR Technical Specifications                 TS-14
 
Specification
: 1. The core shall be an arrangement of TRIGA LEU 30/20 uranium-zirconium hydride fuel-moderator bundles positioned in the reactor grid plate.
: 2. The reactor shall not be operated with a core lattice position vacant except for positions on the periphery of the core assembly.
: 3. The reflector, excluding experiments and experimental facilities, shall be water or a combination of graphite and water.
: 4. Fuel shall not be inserted or removed from the core unless the reactor is subcritical by more than the calculated worth of the most reactive fuel assembly.
: 5. Control elements shall not be manually removed from the core unless the core has been shown to be subcritical with all control elements in the full out position.
Basis
: 1. TRIGA cores have been in use for years and their characteristics are well documented. LEU cores including 30/20 fuel have also been operated at General Atomics and Texas A&M and their successful operational characteristics are available. In addition, the analysis performed at Wisconsin indicates that the LEU 30/20 core will safely satisfy all operational recruirements. See chapters 4 and 13 of the LEU Conversion Analysis SAR.
: 2. Vacant core lattice positions will contain experiments or an experimental facility to prevent accidental fuel additions to the reactor core. They will be permitted only on the periphery of the core to prevent power perturbations in regions of high power density.
: 3. The core will be assembled in the reactor grid plate which is located in a pool of light water. Water in combination with graphite reflectors can be used for neutron economy and the enhancement of experimental facility radiation requirements.
4-5. Manual manipulation of core components will be allowed only when a single manipulation can not result in inadvertent criticality.
4-5. Manual manipulation of core components will be allowed only when a single manipulation can not result in inadvertent criticality.
UWNR Technical Specifications TS-15 TS 3.1.5 Reactivity Coefficients Does not apply to TRIGA reactors.TS 3.1.6 Fuel Parameters Applicability This specification applies to the dimensional and structural integrity of the fuel elements.Obiective The objective is to assure that the reactor will not be operated with defective fuel elements installed.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-15
 
TS 3.1.5   Reactivity Coefficients Does not apply to TRIGA reactors.
TS 3.1.6   Fuel Parameters Applicability This specification applies to the dimensional and structural integrity of the fuel elements.
Obiective The objective is to assure that the reactor will not be operated with defective fuel elements installed.
Specification
Specification
.The reactor shall not be operated with damaged fuel except for purposes of identifying the damaged fuel. A fuel element shall be considered damaged and must be removed from the core if: 1. In measuring the transverse bend, its sagitta 3 exceeds 0.125 inch over the length of the cladding;2. In measuring the elongation, the length of the cladding exceeds its original length by 0.125 inch;3. A clad defect exists as indicated by detection of release of fission products.4. The fuel has not been visually inspected within the previous 15 months.5. The burnup of uranium-235 in the UzrH fuel matrix exceeds 50 percent of the initial concentration.
              .The reactor shall not be operated with damaged fuel except for purposes of identifying the damaged fuel. A fuel element shall be considered damaged and must be removed from the core if:
4'5 UWNR Technical Specifications TS-16 Basis The limit of transverse bend has been shown to result in no difficulty in disassembling the core. Analysis of the removal of heat from touching fuel elements shows that there will be no hot spots resulting in damage to the fuel caused by this touching.
: 1. In measuring the transverse bend, its sagitta 3 exceeds 0.125 inch over the length of the cladding;
Experience with TRIGA reactors has shown that fuel element bowing that could result in touching has occurred without deleterious effects. The elongation limit has been specified to assure that the cladding material will not be subjected to stresses that could cause a loss of integrity in the fuel containment and to assure adequate coolant flow through the top grid plate.TS 3.2 Reactor Control and Safety Systems TS 3.2.1 Operable Control Rods Applicability This specification applies to the number of operable control elements that must exist in order to operate the reactor.Obiective The objective of this requirement is to insure that the reactor may be shut down from any condition of operation.
: 2. In measuring the elongation, the length of the cladding exceeds its original length by 0.125 inch;
Specification The reactor shall not be operated unless at least three control elements are operable and scrammable in accordance with TS 3.2.2.Basis In most cores the limits on shutdown margin actually dictate the number of operable control elements required.
: 3. A clad defect exists as indicated by detection of release of fission products.
Non-pulsing cores do not require presence of a transient control rod if the shutdown margin requirements are met by the control blades.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-17  
: 4. The fuel has not been visually inspected within the previous 15 months.
.TS 3.2.2 Reactivity Insertion Rates (Scram time)Applicability This specification applies to the time required for the scrammable control elements to be fully inserted from the instant that a safety channel variable reaches the Safety System Setting.Obiective The objective is to achieve prompt shutdown of the reactor to prevent fuel damage.Specification The scram time measured from the instant a simulated signal reaches the value of the LSSS to the instant that the slowest scrammable control element reaches its fully inserted position shall not exceed 2 seconds.Basis This specification assures that the reactor will be promptly shut down when a scram signal is initiated.
: 5. The burnup of uranium-235   45 in the UzrH fuel matrix exceeds 50 percent of the initial concentration. '
Experience and analysis have indicated that for the range of transients anticipated for a TRIGA reactor, the specified scram time is adequate to assure the safety of the reactor.TS 3.2.3 Other Pulsed Operation Limitations Limitations other than those on core configuration and pulsed reactivity insertion limits are not required on this reactor.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-1 8, TS 3.2.4 Reactor Safety System Applicability This specification applies to the reactor safety system channels.Objective The objective is to specify the minimum number of reactor safety channels that must be operable for safe operation.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-16
Specification The reactor shall not be operated unless the safety channels described in Table 3.2.4 are operable.Table 3.2.4 Reactor Safety System Channels Number operable Safety Channel Setpoint and Function in specified mode SS SW PU Fuel Temperature Scram if fuel temperature exceeds 400'C in 1 1 the fuel temperature safety channel for an instrumented fuel element pin power peaking factor of 0.87-1.16, or 500'C for an instrumented fuel element pin power peaking factor greater than 1.16.Linear Power Level Scram if power > 125% full power 2 2 -Manual Scram Manually initiated scram I 1 Preset Timer Transient rod scram 15 seconds or less after -1 pulse Reactor water leve.l Scram if < 19 feet above top of core I 1 1 High Voltage Monitor Scram on loss of high voltage to neutron and 1 1 1 gamma ray power level instrument detectors Reactor water temperature Scram if> 130&deg;F 1 1 I UWNR Technical Specifications TS-19 Basis The fuel temperature and power scrams provide protection to ensure that the reactor is shut down before the safety limit on fuel temperature is reached.The manual scram allows the operator a means of rapid shutdown in the event of unsafe or abnormal conditions.
 
The preset timer assures reduction of reactor power to a low level after a pulse.The reactor pool water level scram assures shutdown of the reactor in the event of a serious leak in the primary system or pool.The high voltage monitor prevents operation of the reactor with other systems inoperable due to failure of the detector high voltage supplies.The reactor pool water temperature scram prevents operation of the reactor in an un-analyzed condition.
Basis The limit of transverse bend has been shown to result in no difficulty in disassembling the core. Analysis of the removal of heat from touching fuel elements shows that there will be no hot spots resulting in damage to the fuel caused by this touching. Experience with TRIGA reactors has shown that fuel element bowing that could result in touching has occurred without deleterious effects. The elongation limit has been specified to assure that the cladding material will not be subjected to stresses that could cause a loss of integrity in the fuel containment and to assure adequate coolant flow through the top grid plate.
UWNR Technical Specifications TS-20 TS 3.2.5 Interlocks Applicability This section applies to the interlocks which inhibit or prevent control element withdrawal or reactor startup.Objective The objective of these interlocks is to prevent operation under unanalyzed or imprudent conditions.
TS 3.2 Reactor Control and Safety Systems TS 3.2.1 Operable Control Rods Applicability This specification applies to the number of operable control elements that must exist in order to operate the reactor.
Specification The reactor shall not be operated in the.indicated modes unless the interlocks in Table 3.2.5 are operable.Table 3.2.5 Interlocks Number operable Channel Setpoint and Function in specified mode SS SW PU Log Count Rate Prevent control element withdrawal when 1 1 1 neutron count rate < 2 per second Transient Rod Control Prevent application of air to fire transient rod 1 0 0 unless drive is at IN limit.Log N Power Level Prevent application of air to fire transient rod I I I when power level is above 1 kW and transient rod is not full in.Pulse Mode Control Prevents withdrawal of control blades while 0 0 1 in pulse mode.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-21 Basis The Log count rate interlock does not allow control element withdrawal unless the neutron count rate is high enough to assure proper instrument response during reactor startup.The Transient Rod Control interlock prevents inadvertent addition of excessive amounts or reactivity in steady-state modes.The Log N interlock prevents firing of the transient rod at power levels above 1.0 kW if the transient rod drive is not in the full down position.
Obiective The objective of this requirement is to insure that the reactor may be shut down from any condition of operation.
This'effectively prevents inadvertent pulses which might cause fuel temperature to exceed the safety limit on fuel temperature.
Specification The reactor shall not be operated unless at least three control elements are operable and scrammable in accordance with TS 3.2.2.
The pulse mode control blade withdrawal interlock prevents reactivity addition in pulse mode other than by firing the transient rod.TS 3.2.6 Backup Shutdown Mechanisms Backup shutdown mechanisms arenot required for this reactor.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-22 TS 3.2.7 Bypassing Channels Applicability This specification applies to the interlocks in Table 3.2.5.Obiective The objective is to indicate the conditions in which an interlock may be bypassed.Specification The Log Count Rate interlock in Table 3.2.5 may be bypassed: During fuel loading in order to allow control element withdrawal necessary for the fuel loading procedure or When LogPower Level and Linear Power Level channels are on-scale.Basis During early stages of fuel loading the count-rate on the source range channel will be below the interlock setpoint.
Basis In most cores the limits on shutdown margin actually dictate the number of operable control elements required. Non-pulsing cores do not require presence of a transient control rod if the shutdown margin requirements are met by the control blades.
The bypass allows control element movements necessary for loading fuel with control elements partially withdrawn and for performing, inverse multiplication determinations of control element worth and core reactivity status. Once the other power indications are available the startup count rate channel is no longer required, so the interlock no longer serves any purpose.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-23 TS 3.2.8 Control Systems and Instrumentation Required for Operation Applicability This specification applies to the information which must be available to the reactor operator during reactor operation.
UWNR Technical Specifications             TS-17
Objective The objective is to require that sufficient information is available to the operator to assure safe Operation of the reactor.Specification The reactor shall not be operated unless measuring channels listed in Table 3.2.8 are operable.Table 3.2.8 Instrumentation and Controls Required for Operation Number operable Channel Function in specified mode SS SW PU Fuel Temperature Input for fuel temperature scram. 1 1 1 Linear Power Level Input for safety system power level scram 2 2 0 Log Power Level Wide range power indication, permissive for 1 1 0 initiation of Pulse Mode Startup Log Count Rate Wide range power indication, permissive for 1
 
* 1* 0 control element withdrawal Pulsing Power Level Pulse power level indication 0 0 1'I'Required during startup only until the Log Power Level and Linear Power Level channels are on-scale.
  .TS 3.2.2   Reactivity Insertion Rates (Scram time)
See TS 3.2.7.Basis Fuel temperature indicated at the control console gives continuous information on the process variable which has a specified safety limit.The power level monitors assure that reactor power level is adequately monitored for all modes of operation.
Applicability This specification applies to the time required for the scrammable control elements to be fully inserted from the instant that a safety channel variable reaches the Safety System Setting.
UWNR Technical Specifications TS-24 TS 3.3 Reactor Pool Water Systems Applicability This specification applies to the pool containing the reactor and to the cooling of the core by the pool water.Objective The objective is to assure that coolant water shall be available to provide adequate cooling of the reactor core and adequate radiation shielding and to prevent damage to in-pool components by corrosion.
Obiective The objective is to achieve prompt shutdown of the reactor to prevent fuel damage.
Specification The scram time measured from the instant a simulated signal reaches the value of the LSSS to the instant that the slowest scrammable control element reaches its fully inserted position shall not exceed 2 seconds.
Basis This specification assures that the reactor will be promptly shut down when a scram signal is initiated. Experience and analysis have indicated that for the range of transients anticipated for a TRIGA reactor, the specified scram time is adequate to assure the safety of the reactor.
TS 3.2.3   Other Pulsed Operation Limitations Limitations other than those on core configuration and pulsed reactivity insertion limits are not required on this reactor.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-1 8,
 
TS 3.2.4   Reactor Safety System Applicability This specification applies to the reactor safety system channels.
Objective The objective is to specify the minimum number of reactor safety channels that must be operable for safe operation.
Specification The reactor shall not be operated unless the safety channels described in Table 3.2.4 are operable.
Table 3.2.4   Reactor Safety System Channels Number operable Safety Channel                 Setpoint and Function                           in specified mode SS   SW     PU Fuel Temperature             Scram if fuel temperature exceeds 400'C in         1       1 the fuel temperature safety channel for an instrumented fuel element pin power peaking factor of 0.87-1.16, or 500'C for an instrumented fuel element pin power peaking factor greater than 1.16.
Linear Power Level           Scram if power > 125% full power                   2       2     -
Manual Scram                 Manually initiated scram                           I       1 Preset Timer                 Transient rod scram 15 seconds or less after       -           1 pulse Reactor water leve.l         Scram if < 19 feet above top of core               I1            1 High Voltage Monitor         Scram on loss of high voltage to neutron and       1     1     1 gamma ray power level instrument detectors Reactor water temperature     Scram if> 130&deg;F                                   1     1     I UWNR Technical Specifications                 TS-19
 
Basis The fuel temperature and power scrams provide protection to ensure that the reactor is shut down before the safety limit on fuel temperature is reached.
The manual scram allows the operator a means of rapid shutdown in the event of unsafe or abnormal conditions.
The preset timer assures reduction of reactor power to a low level after a pulse.
The reactor pool water level scram assures shutdown of the reactor in the event of a serious leak in the primary system or pool.
The high voltage monitor prevents operation of the reactor with other systems inoperable due to failure of the detector high voltage supplies.
The reactor pool water temperature scram prevents operation of the reactor in an un-analyzed condition.
UWNR Technical Specifications             TS-20
 
TS 3.2.5 Interlocks Applicability This section applies to the interlocks which inhibit or prevent control element withdrawal or reactor startup.
Objective The objective of these interlocks is to prevent operation under unanalyzed or imprudent conditions.
Specification The reactor shall not be operated in the.indicated modes unless the interlocks in Table 3.2.5 are operable.
Table 3.2.5 Interlocks Number operable Channel                     Setpoint and Function                           in specified mode SS   SW     PU Log Count Rate             Prevent control element withdrawal when           1     1     1 neutron count rate < 2 per second Transient Rod Control       Prevent application of air to fire transient rod   1       0     0 unless drive is at IN limit.
Log N Power Level           Prevent application of air to fire transient rod   I     I     I when power level is above 1 kW and transient rod is not full in.
Pulse Mode Control         Prevents withdrawal of control blades while       0     0     1 in pulse mode.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-21
 
Basis The Log count rate interlock does not allow control element withdrawal unless the neutron count rate is high enough to assure proper instrument response during reactor startup.
The Transient Rod Control interlock prevents inadvertent addition of excessive amounts or reactivity in steady-state modes.
The Log N interlock prevents firing of the transient rod at power levels above 1.0 kW if the transient rod drive is not in the full down position. This
              'effectively prevents inadvertent pulses which might cause fuel temperature to exceed the safety limit on fuel temperature.
The pulse mode control blade withdrawal interlock prevents reactivity addition in pulse mode other than by firing the transient rod.
TS 3.2.6   Backup Shutdown Mechanisms Backup shutdown mechanisms arenot required for this reactor.
UWNR Technical Specifications             TS-22
 
TS 3.2.7   Bypassing Channels Applicability This specification applies to the interlocks in Table 3.2.5.
Obiective The objective is to indicate the conditions in which an interlock may be bypassed.
Specification The Log Count Rate interlock in Table 3.2.5 may be bypassed:
During fuel loading in order to allow control element withdrawal necessary for the fuel loading procedure or When LogPower Level and Linear Power Level channels are on-scale.
Basis During early stages of fuel loading the count-rate on the source range channel will be below the interlock setpoint. The bypass allows control element movements necessary for loading fuel with control elements partially withdrawn and for performing, inverse multiplication determinations of control element worth and core reactivity status. Once the other power indications are available the startup count rate channel is no longer required, so the interlock no longer serves any purpose.
UWNR Technical Specifications             TS-23
 
TS 3.2.8   Control Systems and Instrumentation Required for Operation Applicability This specification applies to the information which must be available to the reactor operator during reactor operation.
Objective The objective is to require that sufficient information is available to the operator to assure safe Operation of the reactor.
Specification The reactor shall not be operated unless measuring channels listed in Table 3.2.8 are operable.
Table 3.2.8 Instrumentation and Controls Required for Operation Number operable Channel                     Function                                         in specified mode SS     SW   PU Fuel Temperature             Input for fuel temperature scram.                   1     1     1 Linear Power Level           Input for safety system power level scram           2     2     0 Log Power Level             Wide range power indication, permissive for         1     1     0 initiation of Pulse Mode Startup Log Count Rate       Wide range power indication, permissive for         1*   1*     0 control element withdrawal Pulsing Power Level         Pulse power level indication                       0     0     1
'I' Required during startup only until the Log Power Level and Linear Power Level channels are on-scale. See TS 3.2.7.
Basis Fuel temperature indicated at the control console gives continuous information on the process variable which has a specified safety limit.
The power level monitors assure that reactor power level is adequately monitored for all modes of operation.
UWNR Technical Specifications                   TS-24
 
TS 3.3 Reactor Pool Water Systems Applicability This specification applies to the pool containing the reactor and to the cooling of the core by the pool water.
Objective The objective is to assure that coolant water shall be available to provide adequate cooling of the reactor core and adequate radiation shielding and to prevent damage to in-pool components by corrosion.
Specification
Specification
: 1. A pool level alarm shall indicate loss of coolant if the pool level drops one foot or more below normal level.2. A pool water temperature alarm shall indicate if water temperature reaches 130'F.3. The reactor shall not be operated if the conductivity of the pool water exceeds 5 micromhos/cm
: 1. A pool level alarm shall indicate loss of coolant if the pool level drops one foot or more below normal level.
(<0.2 MegOhm-cm) when averaged over a period of one week.4. The reactor shall not be operated if the radioactivity of pool water exceeds the limits of 10 CFR Part 20 Appendix B Table 3 for radioisotopes with half-lives  
: 2. A pool water temperature alarm shall indicate if water temperature reaches 130'F.
>24 hours.Basis I. Loss of coolant alarm, after one foot of loss, requires corrective action. This alarm.is observed in the reactor control room and outside the reactor building.2. The thermal-hydraulic analysis in the SAR assumes a pool water temperature of J130'F. If the temperature exceeds 130'F then the alarm will prevent continued operation in an un-analyzed condition.
: 3. The reactor shall not be operated if the conductivity of the pool water exceeds 5 micromhos/cm (<0.2 MegOhm-cm) when averaged over a period of one week.
: 4. The reactor shall not be operated if the radioactivity of pool water exceeds the limits of 10 CFR Part 20 Appendix B Table 3 for radioisotopes with half-lives >24 hours.
Basis I. Loss of coolant alarm, after one foot of loss, requires corrective action. This alarm.
is observed in the reactor control room and outside the reactor building.
: 2. The thermal-hydraulic analysis in the SAR assumes a pool water temperature of J130'F. If the temperature exceeds 130'F then the alarm will prevent continued operation in an un-analyzed condition.
: 3. The conductivity limit assures that materials within the pool will not be degraded and that the radioactivity of the pool water will be minimized.
: 3. The conductivity limit assures that materials within the pool will not be degraded and that the radioactivity of the pool water will be minimized.
: 4. Analyses in section 12.2.9 of the Safety Analysis Report show that limiting the activity to this level will not result in any person being exposed to concentrations greater than those permitted by 10 CFR Part 20.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-25 TS 3.4 Confinement Applicability These specifications apply to the room housing the reactor and the ventilation system controlling that room.Objective The objective is to provide restrictions on release of airborne radioactive materials to the environs.TS 3.4.1 Operations That Require Confinement Specification Confinement is required for reactor operation or any movement of irradiated fuel or fueled experiments with significant fission product inventory outside of containers, systems, or storage areas.Basis During reactor operation or movement of irradiated fuel there is the potential for a release of radioactivity from the fuel clad. Confinement will limit the consequences to the public from such a release.TS 3.4.2 Equipment to Achieve Confinement Specification To achieve confinement, the ventilation system must be operating in accordance with TS 3.5.Basis With the ventilation system operating any potential fission product release will be swept out of the lab and exhausted from a monitored and elevated release point to limit the consequences to the public from such a release.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-26 TS 3.5 Ventilation Systems Applicability This specification applies to the operation of the reactor laboratory ventilation system.Objective The objective is to assure that the ventilation system is in operation to mitigate the consequences of the possible release of radioactive materials resulting from reactor operation.
: 4. Analyses in section 12.2.9 of the Safety Analysis Report show that limiting the activity to this level will not result in any person being exposed to concentrations greater than those permitted by 10 CFR Part 20.
Specification The reactor shall not be operated unless the ventilation system is operating.
UWNR Technical Specifications                 TS-25
The ventilation system is considered operating if: 1. One stack exhaust fan is operating, 2. Exhaust flow-rate is at least 9600 scfm, 3. Exhaust filter total pressure drop is less than 2.5 inches of water column.Basis It is shown in the SAR Chapter 11 that Argon-41 release at zero stack height results in concentrations less than the concentrations permitted for non-restricted areas.However, the calculations indicate that operation of the ventilation system significantly reduces the concentration to which the public would be exposed. Exposures in the event of a fuel element cladding leak are also calculated based on non-operation of the ventilation system, but are significantly reduced with the ventilation system running. Therefore, operation of the reactor with the ventilation system running will minimize exposure to the public from routine operation and hypothetical accidents.
 
TS 3.6 Emergency Power Emergency power systems are not required for this facility.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-27 TS 3.7 Radiation Monitoring Systems and Effluents TS 3.7.1 Monitoring Systems Applicability This specification applies to the radiation monitoring information which must be available to the reactor operator during reactor operation.
TS 3.4 Confinement Applicability These specifications apply to the room housing the reactor and the ventilation system controlling that room.
Objective The objective is to assure that sufficient radiation monitoring information is available to the operator to assure safe operation of the reactor.Specification The reactor shall not be operated unless the radiation monitoring channels listed in Table 3.7.1 are operable..
Objective The objective is to provide restrictions on release of airborne radioactive materials to the environs.
Table 3.7.1 Radiation Monitoring Systems Radiation Monitoring Function Number Channels*Area Radiation Monitor Monitor radiation levels within the reactor room 3 Exhaust Gas Radiation Monitor radiation levels in the exhaust air stack I Monitor 2 Exhaust Particulate Radiation Monitor radiation levels in the exhaust air stack I Monitor Environmental Radiation TLD dosimeters evaluated on a quarterly basis 4 Monitors record exposure in area surrounding the stack* For periods of time, not to exceed I week, for maintenance to the radiation monitoring channels, the intent of this specification will be satisfied if they are replaced with portable gamma sensitive instruments having their own alarms or which shall be kept under visual observation.
TS 3.4.1   Operations That Require Confinement Specification Confinement is required for reactor operation or any movement of irradiated fuel or fueled experiments with significant fission product inventory outside of containers, systems, or storage areas.
Basis The radiation monitors provide information to operating personnel of any impending or existing danger from radiation so that there will be sufficient time to evacuate the facility and take the necessary steps to prevent the spread of radioactivity to the surroundings.
Basis During reactor operation or movement of irradiated fuel there is the potential for a release of radioactivity from the fuel clad. Confinement will limit the consequences to the public from such a release.
The environmental monitors are placed in.areas immediately surrounding the reactor laboratory to record actual dose that would have been delivered to a person continually present in the area.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-28 TS 3.7.2 Effluent (Argon-41)
TS 3.4.2   Equipment to Achieve Confinement Specification To achieve confinement, the ventilation system must be operating in accordance with TS 3.5.
Discharge Limit Applicability This specification applies to the concentration of Ar-41 which may be discharged from the facility.Objective The objective is to assure that the health and safety of the public are not endangered by the discharge of Ar-41.Specification The concentration of Ar-41 in the effluent gas from the facility, as diluted by atmospheric air in the lee of the facility as a result of the turbulent wake effect, shall not exceed 1x10.8 pCi/ml averaged over one year.Basis 10 CFR Part 20 Appendix B, Table II specifies a limit of I x 10- 8Ci/ml for Ar-41. Chapter 13 of the LEU Conversion SAR calculates that the maximum ground-level concentration from operation of the ventilation system is 3.6 x 10-5&#xfd;tCi/ml per Ci/sec discharged.
Basis With the ventilation system operating any potential fission product release will be swept out of the lab and exhausted from a monitored and elevated release point to limit the consequences to the public from such a release.
A ground-level concentration of I x 10-8 Ci/mI would result from a discharge rate of 278 [tCi/sec; the resulting stack exhaust concentration would be 6.14x10-5 pCi/ml. Chapter 11 of the SAR calculates that the maximum hypothetical Ar-41 release rate is only 13.3 &#xfd;tCi/ml..UWNR Technical Specifications TS-29 TS 3.8 Experiments Applicability These specifications apply to experiments installed in the reactor and its experimental facilities.
UWNR Technical Specifications                 TS-26
Objective The objective is to prevent damage to the reactor or excessive release of radioactive materials in the event of an experiment failure.TS 3.8.1 Reactivity Limits Specification The reactor shall not be operated unless the following conditions governing experiments exist: 1. The sum of the absolute values of the reactivity worths of all non-secured experiments does not exceed 0.7 %Ak/k.2. The reactivity worth of any single secured experiment does not exceed 1.4%Ak/k.3. The sum of the absolute values of the reactivity worths of all experiments, both secured and non-secured, does not exceed the maximum excess reactivity specified in TS 3.1.1.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-30 Basis 1. This specification is intended to provide assurance that the worth of non-secured experiments will be limited to a value such that the safety limit, will not be exceeded if the positive worth of all experiments were to be suddenly inserted (SAR Chapter 13).2. The maximum worth of a single experiment is limited so that its removal from the cold critical reactor will not result in the reactor achieving a power level high enough to exceed the core temperature safety limit. Since experiments of such worth must be fastened in place, its removal from the.reactor operating at full power would result in a relatively slow power increase such that the reactor protective systems would act to prevent high power levels from being attained.
 
SAR accident analysis includes a sudden addition of 1.4 %Ak/k from firing the transient control rod while operating at the power level scram point, a more severe transient than that which could result from removal of a fixed experiment with the same reactivity worth.3. This specification provides assurance that by removing all installed experiments the maximum excess reactivity specified in TS 3.1.1 would not be exceeded.TS 3.8.2 Materials Specification
TS 3.5 Ventilation Systems Applicability This specification applies to the operation of the reactor laboratory ventilation system.
: 1. Explosive materials, such as gunpowder, TNT, nitroglycerin, or PETN, in quantities greater than 25 milligrams shall not be irradiated in the reactor or experimental facilities.
Objective The objective is to assure that the ventilation system is in operation to mitigate the consequences of the possible release of radioactive materials resulting from reactor operation.
Explosive materials in quantities less than 25 milligrams may be irradiated provided the pressure produced upon detonation of the explosive has been calculated and/or experimentally demonstrated to be less than half the design pressure of the container.
Specification The reactor shall not be operated unless the ventilation system is operating. The ventilation system is considered operating if:
: 2. Experiment materials, except fuel materials, which could off-gas, sublime, volatilize, or produce aerosols under (1) normal operating conditions of the experiment or reactor, (2) credible accident conditions in the reactor, or (3)possible accident conditions in the experiment shall be limited in activity such that if 100% of the gaseous activity or radioactive aerosols produced escapedto the reactor room or the atmosphere, the airborne concentration of radioactivity averaged over a year would not exceed the limit of Appendix B of 10 CFR Part 20.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-31
: 1. One stack exhaust fan is operating,
: 3. In calculations pursuant to 2 above, the following assumptions shall be used: a. If the effluent from an experimental facility exhausts through a holdup tank which closes automatically on high radiation level, at least 10% of the gaseous activity or aerosols produced will escape.b. If the effluent from an experimental facility exhausts through a filter installation designed for greater than 99% efficiency for 0.3 micron particles, at least 10% of these particles can escape.c. For materials whose boiling point is above 130&deg;F and where vapors formed by boiling this material can escape only through an undisturbed column of water above the core, at least 10% of these vapors can escape.d. An atmospheric dilution factor of 3.6x 10-5 gCi/ml per Ci/s for gaseous discharges from the facility.4. Each fueled experiment shall be controlled such that the total inventory of iodine isotopes 131 through 135 in the experiment is no greater than 1.5 curies.Basis 1. This specification is intended to prevent damage to reactor components resulting from failure of an experiment involving explosive materials.
: 2. Exhaust flow-rate is at least 9600 scfm,
2-3. These specifications, are intended to reduce the likelihood that airborne activities in excess of the limits of Appendix B of 10 CFR Part 20 will be released to the atmosphere outside the facility boundary of the UWNR. The dilution factor is based on computations reported in Chapter II and Appendix A of the Safety Analysis Report.4. The 1.5 curie limitation on iodine 131 through 135 assures that in the event of failure of a fueled experiment leading to total release of the iodine, the exposure dose at the exclusion area boundary will be less than that allowed by 10 CFR Part 20 for an unrestricted area.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-32 TS 3.8.3 Experiment Failure and Malfunctions Specification If a capsule fails and releases material which could damage the reactor fuel or structure by corrosion or other means, removal and physical inspection of the capsule shall be performed to determine the consequences and need for corrective action. The results of the inspection and any corrective action taken shall be reviewed by the Reactor Director or designated alternate and determined to be satisfactory before operation of the reactor is resumed.Basis Operation of the reactor with a failed capsule is prohibited to prevent damage to the reactor fuel or structure.
: 3. Exhaust filter total pressure drop is less than 2.5 inches of water column.
Failure of a capsule must be investigated to assure no damage has or will occur.TS 3.9 Facility Specific LCOs There are no facility specific LCOs at this facility..
Basis It is shown in the SAR Chapter 11 that Argon-41 release at zero stack height results in concentrations less than the concentrations permitted for non-restricted areas.
UWNR Technical Specifications TS-33 TS 4 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS In accordance with section 4.0 of Standard ANSI/ANS-1 5.1, the following terms for average surveillance intervals shall allow, for operational flexibility only, maximum times between surveillance intervals as indicated below unless otherwise specified within the specification.
However, the calculations indicate that operation of the ventilation system significantly reduces the concentration to which the public would be exposed. Exposures in the event of a fuel element cladding leak are also calculated based on non-operation of the ventilation system, but are significantly reduced with the ventilation system running. Therefore, operation of the reactor with the ventilation system running will minimize exposure to the public from routine operation and hypothetical accidents.
* Five-year interval not to exceed six years.* Biennial interval not to exceed two and one-half years.* Annual interval not to exceed 15 months.* Semiannual interval not to exceed seven and one-half months.* Quarterly interval not to exceed four months.* Monthly interval not to exceed six weeks.* Weekly interval not to exceed.ten days* Daily interval must be done within the calendar day.Scheduled surveillances, except those specifically required when the reactor is shut down, may be deferred during shutdown periods, but be completed prior to subsequent reactor startup unless operation is required for the performance of the surveillance.
TS 3.6 Emergency Power Emergency power systems are not required for this facility.
Scheduled surveillances which cannot be performed with the reactor operating may be deferred until a planned reactor shutdown.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-27
If the reactor is not operational in a particular mode, surveillances required specifically for that mode may be deferred until the reactor becomes operational in that mode.General Applicability This specification applies to the surveillance requirements of any system related to reactor safety.Objective The objective is to verify the proper operation of any system related to reactor safety after maintenance or modification of the system.Specification Any additions, modifications, or maintenance to the ventilation system, the core and its associated support structure, the pool or its penetrations, the pool coolant system, the rod drive mechanism, or the reactor safety system shall be made and tested in accordance with the specifications to which the systems were originally designed and fabricated or to specifications approved by the Reactor Safety Committee.
 
A system shall not be considered operable until after it is successfully tested.Basis This specification relates to changes in reactor systems which could directly affect the safety of the reactor. As long as changes or replacements to these systems continue to meet the 6riginal design specifications, then it can be assumed that they meet the presently accepted operating criteria.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-34 TS 4.1 Reactor Core Parameters Applicability This specification applies to the surveillance requirements for measurements, tests, and calibrations of reactor core parameters.
TS 3.7 Radiation Monitoring Systems and Effluents TS 3.7.1       Monitoring Systems Applicability This specification applies to the radiation monitoring information which must be available to the reactor operator during reactor operation.
Objective The objective is to verify the core parameters which are directly related to reactor safety.Specification
Objective The objective is to assure that sufficient radiation monitoring information is available to the operator to assure safe operation of the reactor.
: 1. Excess reactivity Excess reactivity shall be determined at least annually and after changes in either the core, in-core experiments, or control elements for which the predicted change in reactivity exceeds the absolute value of the specified shutdown margin.2. Shutdown margin The shutdown margin shall be determined at least annually and after changes in either the core, in-core experiments, or control elements.3. Pulse limits The reactor shall be pulsed semiannually to compare fuel temperature measurements and peak power levels with those of previous pulses of the same reactivity value.4. Core configuration Each planned change in core configuration shall be determined to meet the requirements of Sections 3.1(4) and 5.3 of these specifications before the core is loaded.5. Reactivity Coefficients Power defect and pulsing characteristics shall be measured during startup testing of cores containing different fuel compositions and compared to predictions in the Safety Analysis Report.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-35
Specification The reactor shall not be operated unless the radiation monitoring channels listed in Table 3.7.1 are operable..
Table 3.7.1 Radiation Monitoring Systems Radiation Monitoring                     Function                                                     Number Channels*
Area Radiation Monitor                   Monitor radiation levels within the reactor room                 3 Exhaust Gas Radiation                   Monitor radiation levels in the exhaust air stack                 I Monitor                                                                                                           2 Exhaust Particulate Radiation           Monitor radiation levels in the exhaust air stack                 I Monitor Environmental Radiation                 TLD dosimeters evaluated on a quarterly basis                     4 Monitors                                 record exposure in area surrounding the stack
* For periods of time, not to exceed I week, for maintenance to the radiation monitoring channels, the intent of this specification will be satisfied if they are replaced with portable gamma sensitive instruments having their own alarms or which shall be kept under visual observation.
Basis The radiation monitors provide information to operating personnel of any impending or existing danger from radiation so that there will be sufficient time to evacuate the facility and take the necessary steps to prevent the spread of radioactivity to the surroundings. The environmental monitors are placed in
                      .areas immediately surrounding the reactor laboratory to record actual dose that would have been delivered to a person continually present in the area.
UWNR Technical Specifications                           TS-28
 
TS 3.7.2   Effluent (Argon-41) Discharge Limit Applicability This specification applies to the concentration of Ar-41 which may be discharged from the facility.
Objective The objective is to assure that the health and safety of the public are not endangered by the discharge of Ar-41.
Specification The concentration of Ar-41 in the effluent gas from the facility, as diluted by atmospheric air in the lee of the facility as a result of the turbulent wake effect, shall not exceed 1x10.8 pCi/ml averaged over one year.
Basis 10 CFR Part 20 Appendix B, Table II specifies a limit of I x 10- 8Ci/ml for Ar-41. Chapter 13 of the LEU Conversion SAR calculates that the maximum ground-level concentration from operation of the ventilation system is 3.6 x 10-5
              &#xfd;tCi/ml per Ci/sec discharged. A ground-level concentration of I x 10-8 Ci/mI would result from a discharge rate of 278 [tCi/sec; the resulting stack exhaust concentration would be 6.14x10- 5 pCi/ml. Chapter 11 of the SAR calculates that the maximum hypothetical Ar-41 release rate is only 13.3 &#xfd;tCi/ml..
UWNR Technical Specifications             TS-29
 
TS 3.8 Experiments Applicability These specifications apply to experiments installed in the reactor and its experimental facilities.
Objective The objective is to prevent damage to the reactor or excessive release of radioactive materials in the event of an experiment failure.
TS 3.8.1     Reactivity Limits Specification The reactor shall not be operated unless the following conditions governing experiments exist:
: 1. The sum of the absolute values of the reactivity worths of all non-secured experiments does not exceed 0.7 %Ak/k.
: 2. The reactivity worth of any single secured experiment does not exceed 1.4
                    %Ak/k.
: 3. The sum of the absolute values of the reactivity worths of all experiments, both secured and non-secured, does not exceed the maximum excess reactivity specified in TS 3.1.1.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-30
 
Basis
: 1. This specification is intended to provide assurance that the worth of non-secured experiments will be limited to a value such that the safety limit, will not be exceeded if the positive worth of all experiments were to be suddenly inserted (SAR Chapter 13).
: 2. The maximum worth of a single experiment is limited so that its removal from the cold critical reactor will not result in the reactor achieving a power level high enough to exceed the core temperature safety limit. Since experiments of such worth must be fastened in place, its removal from the.
reactor operating at full power would result in a relatively slow power increase such that the reactor protective systems would act to prevent high power levels from being attained. SAR accident analysis includes a sudden addition of 1.4 %Ak/k from firing the transient control rod while operating at the power level scram point, a more severe transient than that which could result from removal of a fixed experiment with the same reactivity worth.
: 3. This specification provides assurance that by removing all installed experiments the maximum excess reactivity specified in TS 3.1.1 would not be exceeded.
TS 3.8.2   Materials Specification
: 1. Explosive materials, such as gunpowder, TNT, nitroglycerin, or PETN, in quantities greater than 25 milligrams shall not be irradiated in the reactor or experimental facilities. Explosive materials in quantities less than 25 milligrams may be irradiated provided the pressure produced upon detonation of the explosive has been calculated and/or experimentally demonstrated to be less than half the design pressure of the container.
: 2. Experiment materials, except fuel materials, which could off-gas, sublime, volatilize, or produce aerosols under (1) normal operating conditions of the experiment or reactor, (2) credible accident conditions in the reactor, or (3) possible accident conditions in the experiment shall be limited in activity such that if 100% of the gaseous activity or radioactive aerosols produced escapedto the reactor room or the atmosphere, the airborne concentration of radioactivity averaged over a year would not exceed the limit of Appendix B of 10 CFR Part 20.
UWNR Technical Specifications             TS-31
: 3. In calculations pursuant to 2 above, the following assumptions shall be used:
: a. If the effluent from an experimental facility exhausts through a holdup tank which closes automatically on high radiation level, at least 10% of the gaseous activity or aerosols produced will escape.
: b. If the effluent from an experimental facility exhausts through a filter installation designed for greater than 99% efficiency for 0.3 micron particles, at least 10% of these particles can escape.
: c. For materials whose boiling point is above 130&deg;F and where vapors formed by boiling this material can escape only through an undisturbed column of water above the core, at least 10% of these vapors can escape.
: d. An atmospheric dilution factor of 3.6x 10- 5 gCi/ml per Ci/s for gaseous discharges from the facility.
: 4. Each fueled experiment shall be controlled such that the total inventory of iodine isotopes 131 through 135 in the experiment is no greater than 1.5 curies.
Basis
: 1. This specification is intended to prevent damage to reactor components resulting from failure of an experiment involving explosive materials.
2-3. These specifications, are intended to reduce the likelihood that airborne activities in excess of the limits of Appendix B of 10 CFR Part 20 will be released to the atmosphere outside the facility boundary of the UWNR. The dilution factor is based on computations reported in Chapter II and Appendix A of the Safety Analysis Report.
: 4. The 1.5 curie limitation on iodine 131 through 135 assures that in the event of failure of a fueled experiment leading to total release of the iodine, the exposure dose at the exclusion area boundary will be less than that allowed by 10 CFR Part 20 for an unrestricted area.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-32
 
TS 3.8.3   Experiment Failure and Malfunctions Specification If a capsule fails and releases material which could damage the reactor fuel or structure by corrosion or other means, removal and physical inspection of the capsule shall be performed to determine the consequences and need for corrective action. The results of the inspection and any corrective action taken shall be reviewed by the Reactor Director or designated alternate and determined to be satisfactory before operation of the reactor is resumed.
Basis Operation of the reactor with a failed capsule is prohibited to prevent damage to the reactor fuel or structure. Failure of a capsule must be investigated to assure no damage has or will occur.
TS 3.9 Facility Specific LCOs There are no facility specific LCOs at this facility..
UWNR Technical Specifications                 TS-33
 
TS 4 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS In accordance with section 4.0 of Standard ANSI/ANS-1 5.1, the following terms for average surveillance intervals shall allow, for operational flexibility only, maximum times between surveillance intervals as indicated below unless otherwise specified within the specification.
* Five-year interval not to exceed six years.
* Biennial interval not to exceed two and one-half years.
* Annual interval not to exceed 15 months.
* Semiannual interval not to exceed seven and one-half months.
* Quarterly interval not to exceed four months.
* Monthly interval not to exceed six weeks.
* Weekly interval not to exceed.ten days
* Daily interval must be done within the calendar day.
Scheduled surveillances, except those specifically required when the reactor is shut down, may be deferred during shutdown periods, but be completed prior to subsequent reactor startup unless operation is required for the performance of the surveillance. Scheduled surveillances which cannot be performed with the reactor operating may be deferred until a planned reactor shutdown. If the reactor is not operational in a particular mode, surveillances required specifically for that mode may be deferred until the reactor becomes operational in that mode.
General Applicability This specification applies to the surveillance requirements of any system related to reactor safety.
Objective The objective is to verify the proper operation of any system related to reactor safety after maintenance or modification of the system.
Specification Any additions, modifications, or maintenance to the ventilation system, the core and its associated support structure, the pool or its penetrations, the pool coolant system, the rod drive mechanism, or the reactor safety system shall be made and tested in accordance with the specifications to which the systems were originally designed and fabricated or to specifications approved by the Reactor Safety Committee. A system shall not be considered operable until after it is successfully tested.
Basis This specification relates to changes in reactor systems which could directly affect the safety of the reactor. As long as changes or replacements to these systems continue to meet the 6riginal design specifications, then it can be assumed that they meet the presently accepted operating criteria.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-34
 
TS 4.1 Reactor Core Parameters Applicability This specification applies to the surveillance requirements for measurements, tests, and calibrations of reactor core parameters.
Objective The objective is to verify the core parameters which are directly related to reactor safety.
Specification
: 1. Excess reactivity Excess reactivity shall be determined at least annually and after changes in either the core, in-core experiments, or control elements for which the predicted change in reactivity exceeds the absolute value of the specified shutdown margin.
: 2. Shutdown margin The shutdown margin shall be determined at least annually and after changes in either the core, in-core experiments, or control elements.
: 3. Pulse limits The reactor shall be pulsed semiannually to compare fuel temperature measurements and peak power levels with those of previous pulses of the same reactivity value.
: 4. Core configuration Each planned change in core configuration shall be determined to meet the requirements of Sections 3.1(4) and 5.3 of these specifications before the core is loaded.
: 5. Reactivity Coefficients Power defect and pulsing characteristics shall be measured during startup testing of cores containing different fuel compositions and compared to predictions in the Safety Analysis Report.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-35
: 6. Fuel Parameters
: 6. Fuel Parameters
: a. All fuel elements shall be inspected visually for damage or deterioration annually.b. Uninstrumented fuel elements which have been resident in the core during the previous year shall be measured for length and sagitta annually.
: a. All fuel elements shall be inspected visually for damage or deterioration annually.
Fuel elements shall not be added to a core unless a measurement of length and sagitta has been completed within the previous fifteen months.c. Fuel elements in the hottest assumed location, as well as representative elements in each of the rows, shall be measured for possible damage in the event there is indication that the Limiting Safety System Setting may have been exceeded.Basis 1-2. Annual measurements, coupled with measurements made after changes that can affect reactivity values provide adequate assurance that core behavior will be as analyzed.
: b. Uninstrumented fuel elements which have been resident in the core during the previous year shall be measured for length and sagitta annually. Fuel elements shall not be added to a core unless a measurement of length and sagitta has been completed within the previous fifteen months.
The reactivity values in TRIGA LEU 30/20 fuel change very slowly with fuel burnup.3. Semiannual verifications assure no changes in behavior are resulting from fuel characteristic changes.4. Checking contemplated core configurations against requirements will prevent inadvertent loading of cores which do not meet power peaking restraints imposed by composition restrictions.
: c. Fuel elements in the hottest assumed location, as well as representative elements in each of the rows, shall be measured for possible damage in the event there is indication that the Limiting Safety System Setting may have been exceeded.
: 5. Measurements made during core startup testing are sufficient to assure core behavior will be as analyzed.6. Annual inspection of the TRIGA fuel has been shown adequate to assure fuel element integrity through a long history of standard operation.
Basis 1-2. Annual measurements, coupled with measurements made after changes that can affect reactivity values provide adequate assurance that core behavior will be as analyzed. The reactivity values in TRIGA LEU 30/20 fuel change very slowly with fuel burnup.
UWNR Technical Specifications TS-36 TS 4.2 Reactor Control and Safety Systems Applicability This specification applies to the surveillance requirements for measurements, tests, and calibrations of the control and safety systems.Objective The objective is to verify the performance and operability of-those systems and components which are directly related to reactor safety.-J Specification
: 3. Semiannual verifications assure no changes in behavior are resulting from fuel characteristic changes.
: 4. Checking contemplated core configurations against requirements will prevent inadvertent loading of cores which do not meet power peaking restraints imposed by composition restrictions.
: 5. Measurements made during core startup testing are sufficient to assure core behavior will be as analyzed.
: 6. Annual inspection of the TRIGA fuel has been shown adequate to assure fuel element integrity through a long history of standard operation.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-36
 
TS 4.2 Reactor Control and Safety Systems Applicability This specification applies to the surveillance requirements for measurements, tests, and calibrations of the control and safety systems.
Objective The objective is to verify the performance and operability of-those systems and components which are directly related to reactor safety.
                                                                                  -J Specification
: 1. Reactivity worth of control elements The reactivity worth of control elements shall be determined upon substantiative changes in core composition or arrangement and annually thereafter.
: 1. Reactivity worth of control elements The reactivity worth of control elements shall be determined upon substantiative changes in core composition or arrangement and annually thereafter.
: 2. Control element withdrawal and insertion speeds Control element drive withdrawal and insertion speeds shall be measured annually and following maintenance to the control element or the control element drive mechanism.
: 2. Control element withdrawal and insertion speeds Control element drive withdrawal and insertion speeds shall be measured annually and following maintenance to the control element or the control element drive mechanism.
: 3. Transient Rod and Associated Mechanism The transient rod drive cylinder and associated air supply system shall be inspected, cleaned, and lubricated as necessary annually.4. Scram times of control and safety elements The scram time for all scrammable control elements shall be measured annually and following maintenance to the control elements or their drives.5. Scram and Power Measuring Channels.a. A channel test of each Reactor Safety System measuring channel in Table 3.2.4 items (I) through (4).and the interlocks in Table 3.2.5 required for the intended modes of operation shall be performed within 24 hours before each day's operation or prior to each operation extending more than one day.b. A channel test of items (5), (6), and (7) in Table 3.2.4 shall be performed semi-annually.
: 3. Transient Rod and Associated Mechanism The transient rod drive cylinder and associated air supply system shall be inspected, cleaned, and lubricated as necessary annually.
: c. A channel calibration of items (1) and (2) in Table 3.2.4 shall be performed annually.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-37
: 4. Scram times of control and safety elements The scram time for all scrammable control elements shall be measured annually and following maintenance to the control elements or their drives.
: 6. Operability Tests This concern is covered by the General Surveillance criterion at the beginning of this section.7. Thermal Power Calibration-Forced Convection Not applicable tothis reactor 8. Thermal Power Calibration-Natural Convection A Channel Calibration shall be made of the power level monitoring channels by the calorimetric method upon substantiative changes in core composition or arrangement and annually thereafter.
: 5. Scram and Power Measuring Channels.
: a. A channel test of each Reactor Safety System measuring channel in Table 3.2.4 items (I) through (4).and the interlocks in Table 3.2.5 required for the intended modes of operation shall be performed within 24 hours before each day's operation or prior to each operation extending more than one day.
: b. A channel test of items (5), (6), and (7) in Table 3.2.4 shall be performed semi-annually.
: c. A channel calibration of items (1) and (2) in Table 3.2.4 shall be performed annually.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-37
: 6. Operability Tests This concern is covered by the General Surveillance criterion at the beginning of this section.
: 7. Thermal Power Calibration-Forced Convection Not applicable tothis reactor
: 8. Thermal Power Calibration-Natural Convection A Channel Calibration shall be made of the power level monitoring channels by the calorimetric method upon substantiative changes in core composition or arrangement and annually thereafter.
: 9. Control Element Inspection The control elements shall be visually inspected for deterioration biennially.
: 9. Control Element Inspection The control elements shall be visually inspected for deterioration biennially.
Basis 1. Control element wvorths change slowly unless the core arrangement is changed, so annual measurement is sufficient to assure safety.2. Control element insertion or withdrawal speeds are fixed by the motor design and thus do not change except.for extreme binding conditions within the drive.3. Transient rod drive and air supply includes filtration and lubrication, so an annual check coupled with pre-startup checks is sufficient to assure operabilty.
Basis
: 4. Measurement of the scram time on an annual basis is a check not only of the scram system electronics, but also is an indication of the capability of the control rods to.perform properly.5. The items I through 4 in the table are essential safety equipment and thus should be checked frequently, even though no failures have been observed by checkout in nearly 50 years of operation.
: 1. Control element wvorths change slowly unless the core arrangement is changed, so annual measurement is sufficient to assure safety.
Frequent testing is unnecessary for item 5, a simple float switch which is very unlikely to fail, and has performed for nearly 50 years without a failure. Testing item 6, the high voltage monitor scram, results in changing the voltage to the neutron detectors.
: 2. Control element insertion or withdrawal speeds are fixed by the motor design and thus do not change except.for extreme binding conditions within the drive.
This introduces step changes into the signal circuits of the measuring channels which can lead to long recovery times and a significant increase in failures of the measuring channels.
: 3. Transient rod drive and air supply includes filtration and lubrication, so an annual check coupled with pre-startup checks is sufficient to assure operabilty.
Further, since the checkout of the linear safety channels is a source check, if high voltage were lost that check would not be possible if the voltage had been lost.6. The general requirement for checks of equipment operability after maintenance or modification of systems will reveal any loss of safety functions due to the maintenance or modification.
: 4. Measurement of the scram time on an annual basis is a check not only of the scram system electronics, but also is an indication of the capability of the control rods to
: 8. The power level channel calibration will assure that the reactor will be operated at the proper power levels.9. Annual checks in other TRIGA reactors and for nearly 50 years in this reactor have been sufficient to insure no failures due to deterioration.
          .perform properly.
UWNR Technical Specifications TS-38 TS 4.3 Coolant Systems Applicability This specification applies tothe reactor pool water.Objective The objective is to assure the water quality and radioactivity is within the defined limits Specification The pool water conductivity and radioactivity shall be measured quarterly.
: 5. The items I through 4 in the table are essential safety equipment and thus should be checked frequently, even though no failures have been observed by checkout in nearly 50 years of operation. Frequent testing is unnecessary for item 5, a simple float switch which is very unlikely to fail, and has performed for nearly 50 years without a failure. Testing item 6, the high voltage monitor scram, results in changing the voltage to the neutron detectors. This introduces step changes into the signal circuits of the measuring channels which can lead to long recovery times and a significant increase in failures of the measuring channels. Further, since the checkout of the linear safety channels is a source check, if high voltage were lost that check would not be possible if the voltage had been lost.
Basis Pool water conductivity is continuously'monitored, but Would be manually monitored on a quarterly basis if the instruments failed. Radioactivity is indirectly monitored by an area radiation monitor near the demineralizer bed, so gross activity increases would be detected immediately.
: 6. The general requirement for checks of equipment operability after maintenance or modification of systems will reveal any loss of safety functions due to the maintenance or modification.
Experience with TRIGA reactors indicates the earliest detection of fuel clad leaks is usually from airborne activity, rather than pool water activity.
: 8. The power level channel calibration will assure that the reactor will be operated at the proper power levels.
The quarterly measurement can identify specific radionuclides.
: 9. Annual checks in other TRIGA reactors and for nearly 50 years in this reactor have been sufficient to insure no failures due to deterioration.
UWNR Technical Specifications TS-39 TS 4.4 Confinement Applicability This specification applies to the reactor confinement.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-38
Obiective The objective is to assure that air is swept out of confinement and exhausted through a monitored release point.Specification The ventilation system shall be verified operable in accordance with TS 4.5 quarterly.
 
TS 4.3 Coolant Systems Applicability This specification applies tothe reactor pool water.
Objective The objective is to assure the water quality and radioactivity is within the defined limits Specification The pool water conductivity and radioactivity shall be measured quarterly.
Basis Pool water conductivity is continuously'monitored, but Would be manually monitored on a quarterly basis if the instruments failed. Radioactivity is indirectly monitored by an area radiation monitor near the demineralizer bed, so gross activity increases would be detected immediately. Experience with TRIGA reactors indicates the earliest detection of fuel clad leaks is usually from airborne activity, rather than pool water activity. The quarterly measurement can identify specific radionuclides.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-39
 
TS 4.4 Confinement Applicability This specification applies to the reactor confinement.
Obiective The objective is to assure that air is swept out of confinement and exhausted through a monitored release point.
Specification The ventilation system shall be verified operable in accordance with TS 4.5 quarterly.
Basis Because the ventilation system is the only equipment required to achieve confinement, operability checks of the ventilation system meet the functional testing requirements for confinement.
Basis Because the ventilation system is the only equipment required to achieve confinement, operability checks of the ventilation system meet the functional testing requirements for confinement.
TS 4.5 Ventilation Systems Applicability This specification applies to the building confinement ventilation system.Obiective The objective is to assure the proper operation of the ventilation system in controlling releases of radioactive material to the uncontrolled environment.
TS 4.5 Ventilation Systems Applicability This specification applies to the building confinement ventilation system.
Specification it shall be verified quarterly and following repair or maintenance that the ventilation system is operable.Basis Over 30 years of experience with the previous ventilation system has demonstrated that testing the system quarterly is sufficient to assure the proper operation of the system and control of the release of radioactive material.
Obiective The objective is to assure the proper operation of the ventilation system in controlling releases of radioactive material to the uncontrolled environment.
The new ventilation system is expected to exceed the reliability of the previous system so quarterly testing is still appropriate.
Specification it shall be verified quarterly and following repair or maintenance that the ventilation system is operable.
UWNR Technical Specifications TS-40 TS 4.6 Emergency Electrical Power Systems Not Applicable.
Basis Over 30 years of experience with the previous ventilation system has demonstrated that testing the system quarterly is sufficient to assure the proper operation of the system and control of the release of radioactive material. The new ventilation system is expected to exceed the reliability of the previous system so quarterly testing is still appropriate.
TS 4.7 Radiation Monitoring Systems and Effluents TS 4.7.1 Radiation Monitoring Systems Applicability This specification applies to the surveillance requirements for the area radiation monitoring equipment and the stack air monitoring system.Objective The objective is to assure that the radiation monitoring equipment is operating and to verify the appropriate alarm settings.Specification The radiation monitoring and stack monitoring systems shall be calibrated annually and shall be verified to be operable by monthly source checks or channel tests.Basis Experience has shown that monthly verification of area radiation monitor operability and setpoints in conjunction with the downscale-failure feature of the instrument is adequate to assure operability.
UWNR Technical Specifications                 TS-40
Annual calibration is adequate to correct for any variation in the system due to a change of operating characteristics over a long time span. Annual calibrations and monthly source or channel checks of the stack particulate and gaseous monitors, along with the high or low flow alarms associated with the monitor assure operability and accuracy.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-41 TS 4.7.2 Effluents Applicability This specification applies to gaseous and liquid discharges from the reactor laboratory.
 
Objective The objective is to assure that ALARA and 10 CFR Part 20 limits are observed.Specification Liquid radioactive waste discharged to the sewer system shall be sampled for radioactivity to assure levels are below applicable limits before discharge.
TS 4.6 Emergency Electrical Power Systems Not Applicable.
Results of the measurements shall be recorded and reported in the Annual Report.The total annual release of gaseous radioactivity to the environment shall be recorded and reported in the Annual Report..Basis Liquid waste releases are batch releases, so the liquid can be sampled before release..
TS 4.7 Radiation Monitoring Systems and Effluents TS 4.7.1   Radiation Monitoring Systems Applicability This specification applies to the surveillance requirements for the area radiation monitoring equipment and the stack air monitoring system.
Air activity discharged is continuously recorded and the integrated release is reported.TS 4.8 Experiments No surveillances are required.TS 4.9 Facility-Specific Surveillance Not applicable.
Objective The objective is to assure that the radiation monitoring equipment is operating and to verify the appropriate alarm settings.
There is no facility-specific surveillance.
Specification The radiation monitoring and stack monitoring systems shall be calibrated annually and shall be verified to be operable by monthly source checks or channel tests.
UWNR Technical Specifications TS-42 TS 5 DESIGN FEATURES TS 5.1 Site and Facility Description Applicability This specification applies to the room housing the reactor and the ventilation system controlling that room.Objective The objective is to provide restrictions on release of airborne radioactive materials to the environs.Specification
Basis Experience has shown that monthly verification of area radiation monitor operability and setpoints in conjunction with the downscale-failure feature of the instrument is adequate to assure operability. Annual calibration is adequate to correct for any variation in the system due to a change of operating characteristics over a long time span. Annual calibrations and monthly source or channel checks of the stack particulate and gaseous monitors, along with the high or low flow alarms associated with the monitor assure operability and accuracy.
: 1. The reactor shall be housed in a closed room designed to restrict leakage. The minimum free volume shall be 2,000 cubic meters.2. All air or other gas exhausted from the reactor room and the Beam Port and Thermal Column Ventilation System shall be released to the environment a minimum of 30.5 meters above ground level.3. The operations boundary shall be the Reactor Laboratory, room 1215 of the Mechanical Engineering Building.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-41
The operations boundary shall be a restricted area.4. The site boundary shall be that portion of the center and east wings of the Mechanical Engineering Building south of the north lobby, plus the portion of Engineering Drive south of the designated areas of the building.
 
The site boundary may be a non-restricted area.Basis Calculations in Chapter 13 of the SAR demonstrate that the occupational doses in the event of the maximum hypothetical accident do not exceed limits if the lab volume is at least 2000 cubic meters. Furthermore, calculations in Chapter 13 that assume operation of the ventilation system assume a stack height of 30.5m. The Reactor Director has direct authority over all activities within room 1215 of the Mechanical Engineering Building.
TS 4.7.2   Effluents Applicability This specification applies to gaseous and liquid discharges from the reactor laboratory.
The Reactor Director may directly initiate emergency activities within the site boundary.
Objective The objective is to assure that ALARA and 10 CFR Part 20 limits are observed.
The site boundary may be frequented by people unacquainted with reactor operations.
Specification Liquid radioactive waste discharged to the sewer system shall be sampled for radioactivity to assure levels are below applicable limits before discharge.
UWNR Technical Specifications T S-43 TS 5.2 Reactor Coolant System Applicability This specification applies to the pool containing the reactor and to the cooling of the core by the pool water.Objective The objective is to assure that coolant water shall be available to provide adequate cooling of the reactor core and adequate radiation shielding.
Results of the measurements shall be recorded and reported in the Annual Report.
(Specification
The total annual release of gaseous radioactivity to the environment shall be recorded and reported in the Annual Report..
: 1. The reactor core shall be cooled by natural convective water flow.2. The pool water inlet pipe to the demineralizer shall not extend more than 15 feet into the top of the reactor pool when fuel is in the core. The outlet pipe from the demineralizer shall be equipped with a check valve and siphon breaker to prevent inadvertent draining of the pool.3. Diffuser and other auxiliary systems pumps shall be located no more than 15 feet below the top of the reactor pool.4. All other piping and pneumatic tube systems entering the pool shall have siphon breakers and valves or blind flanges which will prevent draining more than 15 feet of water from the pool.5. A pool level alarm shall indicate loss of coolant if the pool level drops approximately one foot below normal level.6. A pool water temperature alarm shall indicate if water temperature reaches 130'F.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-44 Basis 1. The LEU Conversion SAR Section 4.7.8 shows by analysis that the natural convective cooling of the reactor core is sufficient to maintain the fuel in a safe condition up to at least a power level of 1500 kW (the power level Safety Limit).2. The inlet pipe to the demineralizer is positioned so that a siphonaction will drain less than 15 feet of water. The outlet pipe from the demineralizer discharges into a pipe entering the bottom of the pool through a check valve which prevents leakage from the pool by reverse flow from pipe ruptures or improper operation of the demineralizer valve manifold.
Basis Liquid waste releases are batch releases, so the liquid can be sampled before release.. Air activity discharged is continuously recorded and the integrated release is reported.
In addition, the pipe has a loop equipped with a siphon breaker which prevents loss of pool water.3. In the event of pipefailure and siphoning of pool water, the pool water level will drop no more than 15 feet from the top of the pool.4. Other pipes which enter the pool have siphon breakers which prevent pool drainage.
TS 4.8 Experiments No surveillances are required.
Valves are provided for pneumatic tube system lines and primary cooling system pipes. Other piping installed in the pool has blind flanges permanently installed.
TS 4.9 Facility-Specific Surveillance Not applicable. There is no facility-specific surveillance.
: 5. Loss of coolant alarm, after one foot of loss, requires corrective action. This alarm is observed in the reactor control room and outside the reactor building.6. The thermal-hydraulic analysis in the SAR assumes a pool water temperature of 1307F. If the temperature exceeds 1307F then the alarm will prevent continued operation in an un-analyzed condition.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-42
UWNR Technical Specifications TS-45 TS 5.3 Reactor Fuel Applicability This specification applies to the fuel elements used in the reactor core.Obiective The objective is to assure that the fuel elements are of such a design and fabricated in such a manner as to permit their use with a high degree of reliability with respect to their physical and nuclear characteristics.
 
TS 5 DESIGN FEATURES TS 5.1 Site and Facility Description Applicability This specification applies to the room housing the reactor and the ventilation system controlling that room.
Objective The objective is to provide restrictions on release of airborne radioactive materials to the environs.
Specification
: 1. The reactor shall be housed in a closed room designed to restrict leakage. The minimum free volume shall be 2,000 cubic meters.
: 2. All air or other gas exhausted from the reactor room and the Beam Port and Thermal Column Ventilation System shall be released to the environment a minimum of 30.5 meters above ground level.
: 3. The operations boundary shall be the Reactor Laboratory, room 1215 of the Mechanical Engineering Building. The operations boundary shall be a restricted area.
: 4. The site boundary shall be that portion of the center and east wings of the Mechanical Engineering Building south of the north lobby, plus the portion of Engineering Drive south of the designated areas of the building. The site boundary may be a non-restricted area.
Basis Calculations in Chapter 13 of the SAR demonstrate that the occupational doses in the event of the maximum hypothetical accident do not exceed limits if the lab volume is at least 2000 cubic meters. Furthermore, calculations in Chapter 13 that assume operation of the ventilation system assume a stack height of 30.5m. The Reactor Director has direct authority over all activities within room 1215 of the Mechanical Engineering Building. The Reactor Director may directly initiate emergency activities within the site boundary. The site boundary may be frequented by people unacquainted with reactor operations.
UWNR Technical Specifications                 T S-43
 
TS 5.2 Reactor Coolant System Applicability This specification applies to the pool containing the reactor and to the cooling of the core by the pool water.
Objective The objective is to assure that coolant water shall be available to provide adequate cooling of the reactor core and adequate radiation shielding.           (
Specification
: 1. The reactor core shall be cooled by natural convective water flow.
: 2. The pool water inlet pipe to the demineralizer shall not extend more than 15 feet into the top of the reactor pool when fuel is in the core. The outlet pipe from the demineralizer shall be equipped with a check valve and siphon breaker to prevent inadvertent draining of the pool.
: 3. Diffuser and other auxiliary systems pumps shall be located no more than 15 feet below the top of the reactor pool.
: 4. All other piping and pneumatic tube systems entering the pool shall have siphon breakers and valves or blind flanges which will prevent draining more than 15 feet of water from the pool.
: 5. A pool level alarm shall indicate loss of coolant if the pool level drops approximately one foot below normal level.
: 6. A pool water temperature alarm shall indicate if water temperature reaches 130'F.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-44
 
Basis
: 1. The LEU Conversion SAR Section 4.7.8 shows by analysis that the natural convective cooling of the reactor core is sufficient to maintain the fuel in a safe condition up to at least a power level of 1500 kW (the power level Safety Limit).
: 2. The inlet pipe to the demineralizer is positioned so that a siphonaction will drain less than 15 feet of water. The outlet pipe from the demineralizer discharges into a pipe entering the bottom of the pool through a check valve which prevents leakage from the pool by reverse flow from pipe ruptures or improper operation of the demineralizer valve manifold. In addition, the pipe has a loop equipped with a siphon breaker which prevents loss of pool water.
: 3. In the event of pipefailure and siphoning of pool water, the pool water level will drop no more than 15 feet from the top of the pool.
: 4. Other pipes which enter the pool have siphon breakers which prevent pool drainage. Valves are provided for pneumatic tube system lines and primary cooling system pipes. Other piping installed in the pool has blind flanges permanently installed.
: 5. Loss of coolant alarm, after one foot of loss, requires corrective action. This alarm is observed in the reactor control room and outside the reactor building.
: 6. The thermal-hydraulic analysis in the SAR assumes a pool water temperature of 1307F. If the temperature exceeds 1307F then the alarm will prevent continued operation in an un-analyzed condition.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-45
 
TS 5.3 Reactor Fuel Applicability This specification applies to the fuel elements used in the reactor core.
Obiective The objective is to assure that the fuel elements are of such a design and fabricated in such a manner as to permit their use with a high degree of reliability with respect to their physical and nuclear characteristics.
Specification The individual unirradiated TRIGA LEU 30/20 fuel elements shall have the following characteristics:
Specification The individual unirradiated TRIGA LEU 30/20 fuel elements shall have the following characteristics:
: 1. Uranium content: maximum of 30 Wt-% enriched to maximum of 19.95 Wt-%with nominal enrichment of 19.75 Wt-% Uranium 235.2. Hydrogen-to-zirconium atom ratio (in the ZrHx): nominal 1.6 H atoms to 1.0 Zr atoms with a maximum H to Zr ratio of 1.65.3. Natural erbium content (homogeneously distributed):
: 1. Uranium content: maximum of 30 Wt-% enriched to maximum of 19.95 Wt-%
nominal 0.9 Wt-%.4. Cladding:
with nominal enrichment of 19.75 Wt-% Uranium 235.
304 stainless steel, nominal 0.020 inch thick.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-46 Basis The fuel specification permits a maximum uranium enrichment of 19.95%.This is about 1% greater than the design value for 19.75% enrichment.
: 2. Hydrogen-to-zirconium atom ratio (in the ZrHx):       nominal 1.6 H atoms to 1.0 Zr atoms with a maximum H to Zr ratio of 1.65.
Such an increase in loading would result in an increase in power density of less than 1%. An increase in local power density of 1% reduces the safety margin by less than 2% (Texas A&M LEU Conversion SAR, December 2005).2. The maximum hydrogen-to-zirconium ratio of 1.65 could result in a maximum stress under accident conditions in the fuel element clad about a factor of two greater than the value resulting from a hydrogen-to-zirconium ratio of 1.60.However, this increase in the clad stress during an accident would not exceed the rupture strength of the clad (M.T. Simnad, "The U-ZrHx Alloy: Its Properties and Use in TRIGA Fuel," General Atomics Report E-1 17-833, February, 1980).3. The fuel specification for a single fuel element permits a minimum erbium content of about 5.6% less than the design value of 0.90 Wt-%. (However, the quantity of erbium in the full core must not deviate from the design value by more than -3.3%). This variation for a single fuel element would result in an increase in fuel element power density of about 1-2%. Such a small increase in local power density would reduce the safety margin by less than 2% (Texas A&M LEU Conversion SAR, December 2005).4. Stainless steel clad has been shown through decades of operation to provide a sufficient barrier against fission product release with minimal corrosion.
: 3. Natural erbium content (homogeneously distributed):       nominal 0.9 Wt-%.
UWNR Technical Specifications TS-47 TS 5.4 Reactor Core Applicability This specification applies to the configuration of fuel and in-core experiments.
: 4. Cladding:     304 stainless steel, nominal 0.020 inch thick.
Objective The objective is to assurethat provisions are made to restrict the arrangement of fuel elements and experiments so as to provide assurance that excessive power densities will not be produced.Specification
UWNR Technical Specifications                 TS-46
: 1. The core shall be an arrangement of TRIGA LEU 30/20 uranium-zirconium hydride fuel-moderator bundles positioned in the reactor grid plate.2. The reactor shall not be operated with a core lattice position vacant except for positions on the periphery of the core assembly.3. The reflector, excluding experiments and experimental facilities, shall be water or a combination of graphite and water.Basis 1. TRIGA cores have been in use for years and their characteristics are well documented.
 
LEU cores including 30/20 fuel have also been operatedat General Atomics and Texas A&M and their successful operational characteristics are available.
Basis The fuel specification permits a maximum uranium enrichment of 19.95%.
In addition, the analysis performed at Wisconsin indicates that the LEU 30/20 core will safely satisfy all operational requirements.
This is about 1% greater than the design value for 19.75% enrichment. Such an increase in loading would result in an increase in power density of less than 1%. An increase in local power density of 1% reduces the safety margin by less than 2% (Texas A&M LEU Conversion SAR, December 2005).
See chapters 4 and 13 of the LEU Conversion Analysis SAR: 2. Vacant core lattice positions will contain experiments or an experimental facility to prevent accidental fuel additions to the reactor core. They will be permitted only on the periphery of the core to prevent power perturbations in regions of high power density.3. The core will be assembled in the reactor grid plate which is located in a pool of light water. Water in combination with graphite reflectors can be used for neutron economy and the enhancement of experimental facility radiation requirements.
: 2.     The maximum hydrogen-to-zirconium ratio of 1.65 could result in a maximum stress under accident conditions in the fuel element clad about a factor of two greater than the value resulting from a hydrogen-to-zirconium ratio of 1.60.
UWNR Technical Specifications TS-48 TS 5.5 Control Elements Applicability This specification applies to the control blades and transient control rod.Objective The objective is to assure that control elements are fabricated to reliably perform their intended control and safety function.Specification
However, this increase in the clad stress during an accident would not exceed the rupture strength of the clad (M.T. Simnad, "The U-ZrHx Alloy: Its Properties and Use in TRIGA Fuel," General Atomics Report E-1 17-833, February, 1980).
: 3. The fuel specification for a single fuel element permits a minimum erbium content of about 5.6% less than the design value of 0.90 Wt-%. (However, the quantity of erbium in the full core must not deviate from the design value by more than -3.3%). This variation for a single fuel element would result in an increase in fuel element power density of about 1-2%. Such a small increase in local power density would reduce the safety margin by less than 2% (Texas A&M LEU Conversion SAR, December 2005).
: 4.     Stainless steel clad has been shown through decades of operation to provide a sufficient barrier against fission product release with minimal corrosion.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-47
 
TS 5.4 Reactor Core Applicability This specification applies to the configuration of fuel and in-core experiments.
Objective The objective is to assurethat provisions are made to restrict the arrangement of fuel elements and experiments so as to provide assurance that excessive power densities will not be produced.
Specification
: 1. The core shall be an arrangement of TRIGA LEU 30/20 uranium-zirconium hydride fuel-moderator bundles positioned in the reactor grid plate.
: 2. The reactor shall not be operated with a core lattice position vacant except for positions on the periphery of the core assembly.
: 3. The reflector, excluding experiments and experimental facilities, shall be water or a combination of graphite and water.
Basis
: 1. TRIGA cores have been in use for years and their characteristics are well documented. LEU cores including 30/20 fuel have also been operatedat General Atomics and Texas A&M and their successful operational characteristics are available. In addition, the analysis performed at Wisconsin indicates that the LEU 30/20 core will safely satisfy all operational requirements. See chapters 4 and 13 of the LEU Conversion Analysis SAR:
: 2. Vacant core lattice positions will contain experiments or an experimental facility to prevent accidental fuel additions to the reactor core. They will be permitted only on the periphery of the core to prevent power perturbations in regions of high power density.
: 3. The core will be assembled in the reactor grid plate which is located in a pool of light water. Water in combination with graphite reflectors can be used for neutron economy and the enhancement of experimental facility radiation requirements.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-48
 
TS 5.5 Control Elements Applicability This specification applies to the control blades and transient control rod.
Objective The objective is to assure that control elements are fabricated to reliably perform their intended control and safety function.
Specification
: 1. The safety blades shall be constructed of boral plate and shall have scram capability.
: 1. The safety blades shall be constructed of boral plate and shall have scram capability.
: 2. The regulating blade shall be constructed of stainless steel.3. The transient rod shall contain borated graphite or boron and its compounds in a solid form as a poison in an aluminum or stainless steel clad. The transient control rod shall have scram capability and may incorporate an aluminum or air follower.Basis The boral safety blades and stainless steel regulating blade used in the reactor have been shown to provide adequate reactivity worth, structural rigidity, and reliability to assure reliable operation and long life under operating conditions.
: 2. The regulating blade shall be constructed of stainless steel.
The transient control rod materials and fabrication techniques have been used in many TRIGA reactors and have demonstrated reliable operation and long life.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-49 TS 5.6 Fissionable Material Storage Applicability This specification applies to the storage of reactor fuel at times when it is not in the reactor core.Obiective The objective is to assure that fuel which is being stored will not become critical and will not reach an unsafe temperature.
: 3. The transient rod shall contain borated graphite or boron and its compounds in a solid form as a poison in an aluminum or stainless steel clad. The transient control rod shall have scram capability and may incorporate an aluminum or air follower.
Basis The boral safety blades and stainless steel regulating blade used in the reactor have been shown to provide adequate reactivity worth, structural rigidity, and reliability to assure reliable operation and long life under operating conditions. The transient control rod materials and fabrication techniques have been used in many TRIGA reactors and have demonstrated reliable operation and long life.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-49
 
TS 5.6 Fissionable Material Storage Applicability This specification applies to the storage of reactor fuel at times when it is not in the reactor core.
Obiective The objective is to assure that fuel which is being stored will not become critical and will not reach an unsafe temperature.
Specification
Specification
: 1. All fuel elements shall be stored in a geometrical array where the value of k-effective is less than 0.8 for all conditions of moderation.
: 1. All fuel elements shall be stored in a geometrical array where the value of k-effective is less than 0.8 for all conditions of moderation.
: 2. Irradiated fuel elements and fueled devices shall be stored in an array which will permit sufficient natural convection cooling by water or air such that the fuel element or fueled device temperature will not exceed design values.Basis The limits imposed by specifications 5.6.1 and 5.6.2 are conservative and assure safe storage.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-50 TS 6. ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS TS 6.1 Organization TS 6.1.1 Structure The reactor facility shall be an integral part of the Engineering Physics Department of the College of Engineering of the University of Wisconsin-Madison.
: 2. Irradiated fuel elements and fueled devices shall be stored in an array which will permit sufficient natural convection cooling by water or air such that the fuel element or fueled device temperature will not exceed design values.
The reactor shall be related to the University structure as shown in Figure 14-1.The Radiation Safety office performs audit functions for both the Radiation Safety Committee and the Reactor Safety Committee and reports to both committees as well as to the Reactor Director.TS 6.1.2 Responsibility The Reactor Director is responsible for all activities at the facility, including licensing, security, emergency preparedness, and maintaining radiation exposures as low as reasonably achievable.
Basis The limits imposed by specifications 5.6.1 and 5.6.2 are conservative and assure safe storage.
The reactor facility shall be under the direct control of a Reactor Supervisor designated by the Reactor Director.
UWNR Technical Specifications                 TS-50
The Reactor Supervisor shall be responsible for assuring that all operations are conducted in a safe manner and within the limits prescribed by the facility license, procedures, and the requirements of the Radiation Safety Committee and the Reactor Safety Committee.
 
UWNR Technical Specifications TS-51 BOARD OF REGENTS CHANCELLOR  
TS 6. ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS TS 6.1 Organization TS 6.1.1 Structure The reactor facility shall be an integral part of the Engineering Physics Department of the College of Engineering of the University of Wisconsin-Madison. The reactor shall be related to the University structure as shown in Figure 14-1.
-MADISON CAMPUS (ANSI/ANS-156.1 Level 1)I UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN RADIATION SAFETY COMMITTEE CHAIR ENGINEERING PHYSICS DEPARTMENT (ANSI/ANS-15:1 Level 1)F REACTOR SAFETY COMMITTEE REACTOR DIRECTOR: ,(ANSI/ANS-15.1 Level 2)I I .-I REACTOR SUPERVISOR (SRO) I Level 3)EALTERNATE SUPERVISORS (SRO) I[ (ANSI/ANS-1 5.1 Level 3)REACTOR OPERATORS (RO)[ (ANSI/ANS-1 5.1 Level 4)Reporting Lines--Communication Lines Figure 14-1, Organization Chart UWNR Technical Specifications TS-52 TS 6.1.3 Staffing 1. The minimum staffing when the reactor is not secured shall be: a. A licensed reactor operator in the control room (if senior operator licensed, may also be the person required in c).b. A second designated person present at the facility capable of carrying out prescribed written instructions.
The Radiation Safety office performs audit functions for both the Radiation Safety Committee and the Reactor Safety Committee and reports to both committees as well as to the Reactor Director.
: c. A designated senior reactor operator shall be readily available at the facility or on call. On call means the individual can be rapidly reached by phone or radio and is within 30 minutes or 15 miles of the reactor facility.2. A list of reactor facility personnel by name and telephone number shall be readily available in the control room for use by the operator.3. )A licensed senior reactor operator shall be present at the facility for: a. Initial startup and approach to power.b. All fuel handling or control-element relocations.
TS 6.1.2 Responsibility The Reactor Director is responsible for all activities at the facility, including licensing, security, emergency preparedness, and maintaining radiation exposures as low as reasonably achievable.
: c. Relocation of any in-core experiment with a reactivity worth greater than 0.7% AK/K.d. Recovery from unplanned or unscheduled shutdown or significant power reduction.
The reactor facility shall be under the direct control of a Reactor Supervisor designated by the Reactor Director. The Reactor Supervisor shall be responsible for assuring that all operations are conducted in a safe manner and within the limits prescribed by the facility license, procedures, and the requirements of the Radiation Safety Committee and the Reactor Safety Committee.
TS 6.1.4 Selection and Training of Personnel The selection, training, and requalification of operations personnel shall meet or exceed the requirements of ANSI/ANS-15.4-1988 Sections 4-6.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-53 TS 6.2 Review and Audit There shall be a Reactor Safety Committee which shall review and audit reactor operations to assure that the facility is operated in a manner consistent with public safety and within the conditions of the facility license.TS 6.2.1 Composition and Qualifications The Committee shall be composed of a least six members, one of whom shall be a Health Physicist from the University of Wisconsin Safety Department Radiation Safety Office. The Committee shall collectively possess expertise  
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-51
-in the following disciplines:
 
: 1. Reactor Physics;2. Heat transfer and fluid mechanics;
BOARD OF REGENTS CHANCELLOR - MADISON CAMPUS (ANSI/ANS-156.1 Level 1)
I UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN RADIATION SAFETY COMMITTEE CHAIR ENGINEERING PHYSICS DEPARTMENT (ANSI/ANS-15:1 Level 1)         F               REACTOR SAFETY COMMITTEE I
REACTOR DIRECTOR:
        ,(ANSI/ANS-15.1 Level 2)
I                         .-     I REACTOR SUPERVISOR (SRO)           I (ANSI/ANS*15&.1 Level 3)
EALTERNATE SUPERVISORS (SRO)           I
[       (ANSI/ANS-1 5.1 Level 3)
[ REACTOR OPERATORS (RO)
(ANSI/ANS-1 5.1 Level 4)
Figure 14-1, Organization Chart Reporting Lines Communication Lines --
UWNR Technical Specifications                 TS-52
 
TS 6.1.3   Staffing
: 1. The minimum staffing when the reactor is not secured shall be:
: a. A licensed reactor operator in the control room (if senior operator licensed, may also be the person required in c).
: b. A second designated person present at the facility capable of carrying out prescribed written instructions.
: c. A designated senior reactor operator shall be readily available at the facility or on call. On call means the individual can be rapidly reached by phone or radio and is within 30 minutes or 15 miles of the reactor facility.
: 2. A list of reactor facility personnel by name and telephone number shall be readily available in the control room for use by the operator.
: 3. )A licensed senior reactor operator shall be present at the facility for:
: a. Initial startup and approach to power.
: b. All fuel handling or control-element relocations.
: c. Relocation of any in-core experiment with a reactivity worth greater than 0.7% AK/K.
: d. Recovery from unplanned or unscheduled shutdown or significant power reduction.
TS 6.1.4   Selection and Training of Personnel The selection, training, and requalification of operations personnel shall meet or exceed the requirements of ANSI/ANS-15.4-1988 Sections 4-6.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-53
 
TS 6.2 Review and Audit There shall be a Reactor Safety Committee which shall review and audit reactor operations to assure that the facility is operated in a manner consistent with public safety and within the conditions of the facility license.
TS 6.2.1   Composition and Qualifications The Committee shall be composed of a least six members, one of whom shall be a Health Physicist from the University of Wisconsin Safety Department Radiation Safety Office. The Committee shall collectively possess expertise -
in the following disciplines:
: 1. Reactor Physics;
: 2. Heat transfer and fluid mechanics;
: 3. Metallurgy
: 3. Metallurgy
: 4. Instruments and Control Systems;5. Chemistry and Radio-chemistry;
: 4. Instruments and Control Systems;
: 6. Radiation Safety.TS 6.2.2 Charter and Rules The Committee shall meet at least annually.The Committee shall formulate written standards regarding the activities of the full committee; minutes, quorum, telephone polls for approvals not requiring a formal meeting, and subcommittees.
: 5. Chemistry and Radio-chemistry;
UWNR Technical Specifications TS-54 TS 6.2.3 Review Function The responsibilities of the Reactor Safety Committee shall include, but are not limited to, the following:
: 6. Radiation Safety.
TS 6.2.2   Charter and Rules The Committee shall meet at least annually.
The Committee shall formulate written standards regarding the activities of the full committee; minutes, quorum, telephone polls for approvals not requiring a formal meeting, and subcommittees.
UWNR Technical Specifications                 TS-54
 
TS 6.2.3 Review Function The responsibilities of the Reactor Safety Committee shall include, but are not limited to, the following:
: 1. Review and approval of experiments utilizing the reactor facilities;
: 1. Review and approval of experiments utilizing the reactor facilities;
: 2. Review and approval of all proposed changes to the facility, procedures, license, and technical specifications;
: 2. Review and approval of all proposed changes to the facility, procedures, license, and technical specifications;
: 3. Determination of whether a proposed change, test or experiment would constitute an unreviewed safety question or a change in Technical Specifications;
: 3. Determination of whether a proposed change, test or experiment would constitute an unreviewed safety question or a change in Technical Specifications;
: 4. Review of abnormal performance of plant equipment and operating anomalies having safety significance; and 5. Review of unusual or reportable occurrences and incidents which are reportable under 10 CFR Part 20 and 10 CFR Part 50.6. Review of audit reports.7. Review of violations of technical specifications, license, or procedures and orders having safety significance.
: 4. Review of abnormal performance of plant equipment and operating anomalies having safety significance; and
TS 6.2.4 Audit Function A Health Physicist from the University of Wisconsin Safety Department Radiation Safety Office shall represent the University Radiation Safety Committee and shall conduct an inspection of the facility at least monthly to assure compliance with the regulations of 10 CFR Part 20. The services and inspection function of the Health Physics Office shall also be available to the Reactor Safety Committee, and will extend the scope of the audit to cover license, technical specification, and procedure adherence.
: 5. Review of unusual or reportable occurrences and incidents which are reportable under 10 CFR Part 20 and 10 CFR Part 50.
The committee shall audit operation and operational records of the facility, requalification program, security plan, and emergency plan and its implementing procedures.
: 6. Review of audit reports.
If the committee chooses to use the staff of the Health Physics organization for the audit function, the reports of audit results will be distributed to the committee and included as an agenda item for committee meetings.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-55 TS 6.3 Radiation Safety The Reactor Laboratory shall meet the requirements of the University Radiation Safety Regulations as submitted for the University Broad License, License Number 25-1323-01 and is subject to the authority of the state license.The Reactor Director shall have responsibility for maintaining radiation exposures as low as reasonably achievable and for implementation of laboratory procedure for insuring compliance with 10. CFR Part 20 regulations.
: 7. Review of violations of technical specifications, license, or procedures and orders having safety significance.
TS 6.4 Procedures Written operating procedures shall be adequate to assure the safety of operation of the reactor, but shall not preclude the use of independent judgment and action should the situation require such. Operating procedures shall be in effect for the following items: 1. Testing and calibration of reactor operating instrumentation and controls, control rod drives, area radiation monitors, and air particulate monitors;2. Reactor startup, operation, and shutdown;3. Emergency and abnormal conditions, including provisions for evacuation, reentry, recovery, and medical support;4. Fuel element and experiment loading or unloading;
TS 6.2.4   Audit Function A Health Physicist from the University of Wisconsin Safety Department Radiation Safety Office shall represent the University Radiation Safety Committee and shall conduct an inspection of the facility at least monthly to assure compliance with the regulations of 10 CFR Part 20. The services and inspection function of the Health Physics Office shall also be available to the Reactor Safety Committee, and will extend the scope of the audit to cover license, technical specification, and procedure adherence.
The committee shall audit operation and operational records of the facility, requalification program, security plan, and emergency plan and its implementing procedures. If the committee chooses to use the staff of the Health Physics organization for the audit function, the reports of audit results will be distributed to the committee and included as an agenda item for committee meetings.
UWNR Technical Specifications             TS-55
 
TS 6.3 Radiation Safety The Reactor Laboratory shall meet the requirements of the University Radiation Safety Regulations as submitted for the University Broad License, License Number 25-1323-01 and is subject to the authority of the state license.
The Reactor Director shall have responsibility for maintaining radiation exposures as low as reasonably achievable and for implementation of laboratory procedure for insuring compliance with 10. CFR Part 20 regulations.
TS 6.4 Procedures Written operating procedures shall be adequate to assure the safety of operation of the reactor, but shall not preclude the use of independent judgment and action should the situation require such. Operating procedures shall be in effect for the following items:
: 1. Testing and calibration of reactor operating instrumentation and controls, control rod drives, area radiation monitors, and air particulate monitors;
: 2. Reactor startup, operation, and shutdown;
: 3. Emergency and abnormal conditions, including provisions for evacuation, reentry, recovery, and medical support;
: 4. Fuel element and experiment loading or unloading;
: 5. Control rod removal or replacement;
: 5. Control rod removal or replacement;
: 6. Routine maintenance of the control rod drives and reactor safety and interlock systems or other routine maintenance that could have an effect on reactor safety;7. Actions to be taken to correct specific and foreseen potential malfunctions of systems or components, including responses to alarms and abnormal reactivity changes; and 8. Civil disturbances on or near the facility site.Substantive changes to the above procedures shall be made only with the approval of the Reactor Safety Committee.
: 6. Routine maintenance of the control rod drives and reactor safety and interlock systems or other routine maintenance that could have an effect on reactor safety;
Temporary changes to the procedures that do not change their original intent may be made by the Senior Operator in control or designated alternate.
: 7. Actions to be taken to correct specific and foreseen potential malfunctions of systems or components, including responses to alarms and abnormal reactivity changes; and
All such temporary changes shall be documented and subsequently reviewed by the Reactor Safety Committee.
: 8. Civil disturbances on or near the facility site.
UWNR Technical Specifications TS-56 TS 6.5 Experiment Review and Approval 1. Routine experiments may be perforined at the discretion of the senior operator responsible for operation without the necessity of further review or approval.2. Prior to performing any experiment which is not a routine experiment, the proposed experiment shall be evaluated by the senior operator responsible for operation.
Substantive changes to the above procedures shall be made only with the approval of the Reactor Safety Committee. Temporary changes to the procedures that do not change their original intent may be made by the Senior Operator in control or designated alternate. All such temporary changes shall be documented and subsequently reviewed by the Reactor Safety Committee.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-56
 
TS 6.5 Experiment Review and Approval
: 1. Routine experiments may be perforined at the discretion of the senior operator responsible for operation without the necessity of further review or approval.
: 2. Prior to performing any experiment which is not a routine experiment, the proposed experiment shall be evaluated by the senior operator responsible for operation.
The senior operator shall consider the experiment in terms of its effect on reactor operation and the possibility and consequences of its failure, including where significant, consideration of chemical reactions, physical integrity, design life, proper cooling, interaction with core components, reactivity effects, and interactions with reactor instrumentation.
The senior operator shall consider the experiment in terms of its effect on reactor operation and the possibility and consequences of its failure, including where significant, consideration of chemical reactions, physical integrity, design life, proper cooling, interaction with core components, reactivity effects, and interactions with reactor instrumentation.
: 3. Modified routine experiments may be performed at the discretion of the senior operator responsible for operation without the necessity of further review or approval provided that the evaluation performed in accordance with Section 6.5(2)results in a determination that the hazards associated with the modified routine experiment are neither greater nor significantly different than those involved with the corresponding routine experiment which shall be referenced.
: 3. Modified routine experiments may be performed at the discretion of the senior operator responsible for operation without the necessity of further review or approval provided that the evaluation performed in accordance with Section 6.5(2) results in a determination that the hazards associated with the modified routine experiment are neither greater nor significantly different than those involved with the corresponding routine experiment which shall be referenced.
: 4. No special experiment shall be performed until the proposed experiment has been reviewed and approved by the Reactor Safety Committee.
: 4. No special experiment shall be performed until the proposed experiment has been reviewed and approved by the Reactor Safety Committee.
: 5. Favorable evaluation of an experiment shall conclude that failure of the experiment will not lead directly to damage of reactor fuel or interference with movement of a control element.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-57 TS 6.6 Required Actions TS 6.6.1 Action to be Taken in Case of Safety Limit Violation In the event a safety limit is exceeded: 1. The reactor shall be shut down and reactor operation shall not be resumed until authorized by the NRC.2. An immediate report of the occurrence shall be made to the Chairman, Reactor Safety Committee, and reports shall be made to the NRC in accordance with Section 6.7 of these specifications, and 3. A report shall be prepared which shall include an analysis of the causes and extent of possible resultant damage, efficacy of corrective action, and recommendations for measures to prevent or reduce the probability of recurrence.
: 5. Favorable evaluation of an experiment shall conclude that failure of the experiment will not lead directly to damage of reactor fuel or interference with movement of a control element.
This report shall be submitted to the Reactor Safety Committee (RSC) for review and then submitted to the NRC when authorization is sought to resume operation of the reactor.TS 6.6.2 Action to be Taken in the Event of an Occurrence of the Type Identified in 6.7.2(1)b., and 6.7.2(1)c.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-57
In the event of a reportable occurrence (see TS 1.3) the following actions shall be taken: 1. The reactor shall be shut down.2. The Director or designated alternate shall be notified and corrective action taken with respect to the operations involved, 3. The Director or designated alternate shall notify the Chairman of the Reactor Safety Committee, 4. A report shall be made to the Reactor Safety Committee which shall include an analysis of the cause of the occurrence, efficacy of corrective action, and recommendations for measures to prevent or reduce the probability of recurrence, and 5. A report shall be made to the NRC in accordance with Section 6.7.2 of these specifications.
 
UWNR Technical Specifications TS-58 TS 6.7 Reports TS 6.7.1 Operating Reports I. An annual report covering the activities of the reactor facility during the previous calendar year shall be submitted (in writing to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Attn: Document Control Desk, Washington, DC 20555) within six months following the end of each calendar year, providing the following information:
TS 6.6 Required Actions TS 6.6.1 Action to be Taken in Case of Safety Limit Violation In the event a safety limit is exceeded:
: 1. The reactor shall be shut down and reactor operation shall not be resumed until authorized by the NRC.
: 2. An immediate report of the occurrence shall be made to the Chairman, Reactor Safety Committee, and reports shall be made to the NRC in accordance with Section 6.7 of these specifications, and
: 3. A report shall be prepared which shall include an analysis of the causes and extent of possible resultant damage, efficacy of corrective action, and recommendations for measures to prevent or reduce the probability of recurrence. This report shall be submitted to the Reactor Safety Committee (RSC) for review and then submitted to the NRC when authorization is sought to resume operation of the reactor.
TS 6.6.2 Action to be Taken in the Event of an Occurrence of the Type Identified in 6.7.2(1)b., and 6.7.2(1)c.
In the event of a reportable occurrence (see TS 1.3) the following actions shall be taken:
: 1. The reactor shall be shut down.
: 2. The Director or designated alternate shall be notified and corrective action taken with respect to the operations involved,
: 3. The Director or designated alternate shall notify the Chairman of the Reactor Safety Committee,
: 4. A report shall be made to the Reactor Safety Committee which shall include an analysis of the cause of the occurrence, efficacy of corrective action, and recommendations for measures to prevent or reduce the probability of recurrence, and
: 5. A report shall be made to the NRC in accordance with Section 6.7.2 of these specifications.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-58
 
TS 6.7 Reports TS 6.7.1 Operating Reports I. An annual report covering the activities of the reactor facility during the previous calendar year shall be submitted (in writing to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Attn: Document Control Desk, Washington, DC 20555) within six months following the end of each calendar year, providing the following information:
: a. A brief narrative summary of (1) operating experience (including experiments performed), (2) changes in facility design, performance characteristics, and operating procedures related to reactor safety and occurring during the reporting period, and (3) results of surveillance tests and inspections;.
: a. A brief narrative summary of (1) operating experience (including experiments performed), (2) changes in facility design, performance characteristics, and operating procedures related to reactor safety and occurring during the reporting period, and (3) results of surveillance tests and inspections;.
: b. Tabulation of the energy output (in megawatt days) of the reactor, hours reactor was critical, and the cumulative total energy output since initial criticality;
: b. Tabulation of the energy output (in megawatt days) of the reactor, hours reactor was critical, and the cumulative total energy output since initial criticality;
: c. The number of emergency shutdowns and inadvertent scrams, including reasons therefor;d. Discussion of the major maintenance operations performed during the period, including the effect, if any, on the safety of the operation of the reactor and the reasons for any corrective maintenance required;e. A brief description, including a summary of the safety 'evaluations of changes in the facility or in the procedures and of tests and experiments carried pursuant to Section 50.59 of 10 CFR Part 50;f. A summary of radiation exposures received by facility personnel and visitors, including dates and time of significant exposures and a summary of the results of radiation and contamination surveys performed within the facility; and g. A description of any environmental surveys performed outside the facility.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-59
: c. The number of emergency shutdowns and inadvertent scrams, including reasons therefor;
: h. A summary of the nature and amount of radioactive effluents released or discharged to the environs beyond the effective control of the licensee as measured at or prior to the point of such release or discharge; (1) Liquid Effluents (summarized on a monthly basis)Liquid radioactivity discharged during the reporting period tabulated as follows: (a) Total estimated radioactivity released (in curies).(b) The isotopic composition if greater than 1 x 0 microcuries/cc for fission and activation products.(c) Total radioactivity (in curies), released by nuclide, during the reporting period based on representative isotopic analysis.(d) Average concentration at point of release (in microcuries/cc) during the reporting period and the fraction of the applicable limit in 10 CFR Part 20.(e) Total volume (in gallons) of effluent water (including diluent)during periods of release.(2) Exhaust Effluents (summarized on a monthly basis)Radioactivity discharged during the reporting period (in curies) for: (a) Gases.(b) Particulates with half lives greater than eight days.(c) The estimated activity (in curies) discharged during the reporting period, by nuclide, for all gases and particulates based on representative isotopic analysis and the fraction of the applicable 10 CFR Part 20 limits for these values.(3) Solid Waste (a) The total amount of solid waste packaged (in cubic feet).(b) The total activity involved (in curies).(c) The dates of shipment and disposition(if shipped off site).UWNR Technical Specifications TS-60
: d. Discussion of the major maintenance operations performed during the period, including the effect, if any, on the safety of the operation of the reactor and the reasons for any corrective maintenance required;
: e. A brief description, including a summary of the safety 'evaluations of changes in the facility or in the procedures and of tests and experiments carried pursuant to Section 50.59 of 10 CFR Part 50;
: f. A summary of radiation exposures received by facility personnel and visitors, including dates and time of significant exposures and a summary of the results of radiation and contamination surveys performed within the facility; and
: g. A description of any environmental surveys performed outside the facility.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-59
: h. A summary of the nature and amount of radioactive effluents released or discharged to the environs beyond the effective control of the licensee as measured at or prior to the point of such release or discharge; (1) Liquid Effluents (summarized on a monthly basis)
Liquid radioactivity discharged during the reporting period tabulated as follows:
(a) Total estimated radioactivity released (in curies).
(b) The isotopic composition if greater than 1 x 0 microcuries/cc for fission and activation products.
(c) Total radioactivity (in curies), released by nuclide, during the reporting period based on representative isotopic analysis.
(d) Average concentration at point of release (in microcuries/cc) during the reporting period and the fraction of the applicable limit in 10 CFR Part 20.
(e) Total volume (in gallons) of effluent water (including diluent) during periods of release.
(2) Exhaust Effluents     (summarized on a monthly basis)
Radioactivity discharged during the reporting period (in curies) for:
(a) Gases.
(b) Particulates with half lives greater than eight days.
(c) The estimated activity (in curies) discharged during the reporting period, by nuclide, for all gases and particulates based on representative isotopic analysis and the fraction of the applicable 10 CFR Part 20 limits for these values.
(3) Solid Waste (a) The total amount of solid waste packaged (in cubic feet).
(b) The total activity involved (in curies).
(c) The dates of shipment and disposition(if shipped off site).
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-60
: 2. A report within 60 days after completion of startup testing of the reactor (in writing to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Attn* Document Control Desk, Washington, D.C. 20555) upon receipt of a new facility license or an amendment to the license authorizing an increase in reactor power level describing the measured values ofthe operating conditions or characteristics of the reactor under the new conditions including:
: 2. A report within 60 days after completion of startup testing of the reactor (in writing to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Attn* Document Control Desk, Washington, D.C. 20555) upon receipt of a new facility license or an amendment to the license authorizing an increase in reactor power level describing the measured values ofthe operating conditions or characteristics of the reactor under the new conditions including:
: a. An evaluation of facility performance to date in comparison with design predictions and specifications, and b. A reassessment of the safety analysis submitted with the license application in light of measured operating characteristics when such measurements indicate that there may be substantial variance from prior analysis.TS 6.7.2 Special Reports 1. There shall be a report of any of the following not later than the following day by telephone or similar conveyance to the NRC Headquarters Operation Center, and followed by a written report describing the circumstances of the event and sent within 14 days to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory commission, Attn: Document Control Desk, Washington, D.C. 20555: a. Any accidental release of radioactivity above permissible limits in unrestricted areas whether or not the release resulted in property damage, personal injury, or exposure;b. Any violation of a safety limit; and c. Any reportable occurrences as defined in TS 1.3 of these specifications.
: a. An evaluation of facility performance to date in comparison with design predictions and specifications, and
: 2. A written report within 30 days in writing to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory commission, Attn: Document Control Desk, Washington, D.C. 20555 of: a. Permanent changes in facility organization at Reactor Director or Department Chair level.b. Any significant change in the transient or accident analysis as described in the Safety Analysis Report;UWNR Technical Specifications TS-61 TS 6.8 Records TS 6.8.1 Records to be Retained for a Period of at least Five Years or for the Life of the Component Involved if Less than Five Years 1. Normal reactor facility operation (but not including supporting documents such as checklists, log sheets, etc. which shall be maintained for a period of at least one year), 2. Principal maintenance activities, 3. Reportable occurrences, 4. Surveillance activities required by the Technical Specifications, 5. Reactor facility radiation and contamination surveys where required by applicable regulations, 6. Experiments performed with the reactor, 7. Fuel inventories, receipts, and shipments, 8. Approved changes in operating procedures, 9. Records of meeting and audit reports of the review and audit group.TS 6.8.2 Records to be Retained for at Least One Certification Cycle Record of retraining and requalification of certified operations personnel  
: b. A reassessment of the safety analysis submitted with the license application in light of measured operating characteristics when such measurements indicate that there may be substantial variance from prior analysis.
'shall be maintained at all times the individual is employed or until the certification is renewed. For the purposes of this technical specification, a certification is an NRC issued operator license.UWNR Technical Specifications TS-62 TS 6.8.3 Records to be Retained for the Lifetime of the Reactor Facility Annual reports which contain the information in items 1 and 2 may be used as records for those items.1. Gaseous and liquid radioactive effluents released to the environs, 2. Offsite environmental monitoring surveys required by technical specifications, 3. Radiation exposures for all personnel monitored, 4. Updated, corrected, and as-built drawings of the facility.5. Notification that safety limit was exceeded.6. Notification that automatic safety system did not function as required.7. Notificationof failure to meet limiting conditions for operation.
TS 6.7.2   Special Reports
UWNR Technical Specifications TS-63 TS 7 REFERENCES
: 1. There shall be a report of any of the following not later than the following day by telephone or similar conveyance to the NRC Headquarters Operation Center, and followed by a written report describing the circumstances of the event and sent within 14 days to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory commission, Attn: Document Control Desk, Washington, D.C. 20555:
: 1. LEU Conversion SAR, 2008, as amended.2. GA-9064, pages 3-1 to 3-23.3. "Sagitta" refers to the bow of the element and means the maximum excursion of the clad surface from a chord connecting the two ends of the clad surface.4. Simnad and West, 1986.5. NUREG-1282.
: a. Any accidental release of radioactivity above permissible limits in unrestricted areas whether or not the release resulted in property damage, personal injury, or exposure;
UWNR Technical Specifications TS-64}}
: b. Any violation of a safety limit; and
: c. Any reportable occurrences as defined in TS 1.3 of these specifications.
: 2. A written report within 30 days in writing to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory commission, Attn: Document Control Desk, Washington, D.C. 20555 of:
: a. Permanent changes in facility organization at Reactor Director or Department Chair level.
: b. Any significant change in the transient or accident analysis as described in the Safety Analysis Report; UWNR Technical Specifications             TS-61
 
TS 6.8 Records TS 6.8.1 Records to be Retained for a Period of at least Five Years or for the Life of the Component Involved if Less than Five Years
: 1. Normal reactor facility operation (but not including supporting documents such as checklists, log sheets, etc. which shall be maintained for a period of at least one year),
: 2. Principal maintenance activities,
: 3. Reportable occurrences,
: 4. Surveillance activities required by the Technical Specifications,
: 5. Reactor facility radiation and contamination surveys where required by applicable regulations,
: 6. Experiments performed with the reactor,
: 7. Fuel inventories, receipts, and shipments,
: 8. Approved changes in operating procedures,
: 9. Records of meeting and audit reports of the review and audit group.
TS 6.8.2 Records to be Retained for at Least One Certification Cycle Record of retraining and requalification of certified operations personnel 'shall be maintained at all times the individual is employed or until the certification is renewed. For the purposes of this technical specification, a certification is an NRC issued operator license.
UWNR Technical Specifications             TS-62
 
TS 6.8.3 Records to be Retained for the Lifetime of the Reactor Facility Annual reports which contain the information in items 1 and 2 may be used as records for those items.
: 1. Gaseous and liquid radioactive effluents released to the environs,
: 2. Offsite environmental monitoring surveys required by technical specifications,
: 3. Radiation exposures for all personnel monitored,
: 4. Updated, corrected, and as-built drawings of the facility.
: 5. Notification that safety limit was exceeded.
: 6. Notification that automatic safety system did not function as required.
: 7. Notificationof failure to meet limiting conditions for operation.
UWNR Technical Specifications             TS-63
 
TS 7   REFERENCES
: 1. LEU Conversion SAR, 2008, as amended.
: 2. GA-9064, pages 3-1 to 3-23.
: 3. "Sagitta" refers to the bow of the element and means the maximum excursion of the clad surface from a chord connecting the two ends of the clad surface.
: 4. Simnad and West, 1986.
: 5. NUREG-1282.
UWNR Technical Specifications               TS-64}}

Latest revision as of 16:56, 13 November 2019

University of Wisconsin-Madison Nuclear Reactor Laboratory Response to Request for Additional Information for License Renewal to Facility License No. R-74
ML101690137
Person / Time
Site: University of Wisconsin
Issue date: 06/16/2010
From: Agasie R
Univ of Wisconsin - Madison
To:
Document Control Desk, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
RSC 1048, TAC ME1585
Download: ML101690137 (91)
v • d • e


Text

Nuclear Reactor Laboratory UWNR University of Wisconsin-Madison 1513 University Avenue, Room 1215 ME, Madison, WI 53706-1687, Tel: (608) 262-3392, FAX: (608) 262-8590 email: reactor@engr.wisc.edu, hftp://reactor.engr.wisc.edu June 16, 2010 RSC 1048 United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission ATTN: Document Control Desk Washington, D.C. 20555

Subject:

Docket 50-156, License R-74 Response to Request for Additional Information for License Renewal to Facility License No. R-74 University Of Wisconsin Nuclear Reactor TAC No. ME1585 (Technical RAI)

Dear Sirs:

By letter, dated May 3, 2010, the Commission has requested additional information in order to complete the review for the University of Wisconsin Nuclear Reactor's (UWNR) request to renew facility license number R-74.

Enclosed are the responses to the request for additional information. The responses are provided in the same order as the Commission's requests. The format of the enclosure is to restate the request followed by the response. The original request is counter shaded to aid in the separation between request and response.

I certify under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.

Sincerely, Executed on. ///' Z*,/

6Robert J. gai e Reactor Director Enclosure

Responses to License Renewal Request for Additional Information Licensee's Response:

Reactor pool water is analyzed monthly for radioactivity. No activity with a half-life greater than 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> has ever been detected in pool water samples except for tritium, at typical concentrations of 1.3E-4 pCi/ml which is approximately 10% of the effluent release limit in 10 CFR 20 Appendix B Table 2. Radioactivity with a half-life less than 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> is routinely produced from full power operations including Na-24 (T1/2=14.95hr, activated from aluminum structure), Mg-27 (T1/2 =9.45min, activated from aluminum structure), N-16 (T 1/2=7.13sec, activated from oxygen in water), and 0-19 (T, /2=26.9sec, activated from oxygen in water).

In addition to analyzing routine monthly water samples, non-routine water sample analysis is initiated if other indications of increased radioactivity in the pool water exist, such as abnormally high continuous air monitor activity (which takes its suction directly above the pool water surface) or demineralizer area radiation monitor activity.

A 40 year history of monthly pool water make up is depicted in figure 1 below. Water is routinely added to the pool to make up for losses due to evaporation, sampling, and even thermal contraction of the water. The average make-up volume, excluding those periods of time. of known leakage, is approximately 450 gallons per month. The standard deviation in the make-up rate is 150 gallons and is due to variations in seasonal temperatures, humidity, the number of full power operations in a month and even the number of days in the month.

Because the original cooling system utilized a cooling tower as the ultimate heat sink, the cyclic trend of summer temperatures can be seen to increase the pool make-up due to increased evaporation as a result of increased pool water temperatures.

During previous pool leaks it has been shown that the cyclic change in pool water

-temperature during full power runs led to excessive flexing of the aluminum pool liner given the large coefficient of thermal expansion for aluminum. As the aluminum liner stretched and contracted, minor cracks in the pool liner welds were formed, and then re-sealed as the temperature stabilized. Historically the only known leak path has been through cracks in the corner welds around the thermal column, through the pool concrete and into the compacted fill below.

Page 1 of 25

2000..

July 2002 Reactor Pool > 130F 1750 May 2008 Overcoolinging Event 1986M Po I eakSummer 198688 ool eak2003 1500 2001 Primary Pump -

2003 New Cooling

,*1250 15System Instaled CPrimary Healt Exchanger Chemical Cleaning October 2004 Overheating 01000 Y 1996 Pool Leak 750___ Demin Pump Excessive Make-Up FaiIure 500 I 250 0

1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 Figure 1, Historical Pool Water Makeup Trend Page 2 of 25

Following the development of the 2002 leak, the cyclic nature of the increased leakage as a function of increased pool water temperature is obvious by observing the cessation of the leak in December 2002 and the reoccurrence in the summer of 2003. This trend of thermal cycling the aluminum liner and increased leakage is also demonstrated by an over-heating event in 2004 and an over-cooling event in 2008 that occurred at the facility following installation of the new cooling system.

Minor leaks are most easily detected by observing the monthly volume of make-up water added to the pool. Make-up volumes that exceed 600 gallons a month are excessive. This is evident in figure 1, where every leakage event correlates with make-up water volumes in excess of 600 gallons. Evaporation rates at the pool surface are also measured over a 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> period and can be correlated with the volume of monthly make-up water; however, these 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> evaporative rates have an uncertainty of +/- 5 gallons per day. Any volume of water exceeding normal losses is assumed to be lost to the environment and is reported as a direct environmental release.

b, With thisinfor ation, plsethendscuss how current Urlae poicies proceduries ra assoiataed with thepoolt b akage meet the requirementse fitl o the po o Federat RegulatiR s 10FR) ..Sectiont20.1 t32(a) toermnitor releases tothe environm'ent. Additionally, please discuss any plansfor~ phsclyadesn the known wealdake pathsrincluding any leakage rates that wl be usedwastadecision poinuforb takndg ftuthep ation.

Licensee's Response:

The monitoring of environmental releases per 10 CeR 20.1302(a) is satisfied by routine analysis of pool water activity and making the assumption that all water loss exceeding normal losses is a direct environmental release. Isotopes with a half-life shorter than 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> are neglected because the leak path is into the compacted fill below the pool concrete, and the SAR section 13.1.9 estimates that water leaking directly into the ground would take approximately 55 years to travel to the nearest city well where it could be exposed to the public.

The root cause of the environmental releases was determined to be thermal cycling of the reactor pool liner as discussed above in response to RAI l.a. To address the large pool water temperature swings (which would range from 75-1s25 0 F) a new cooling system was installed in September 2003 which has enough capacity to maintain pool water temperature at a steady 80VF. Since then there have been no significant increases in pool water temperature resulting in minor pool leaks with the exception of an over-heating event in October 2004 and over-cooling event in May 2008. The over-heating event occurred when an operator failed to turn the cooling system on after performing a normal reactor startup to full power, During the over-cooling event, an operator decreased reactor power from 100%

to 5% without turning off the cooling system. The cooling system is designed to reject 1MW and will automatically control a variable frequency drive to maintain a steady temperature; however, the VFD has a minimum frequency of 20Hz and was not able to reduce cooling capacity any -further at such a low heat load. Both instances initiated a brief recurrence of the minor pool leak. Following the over-heating event a procedure change was initiated, however following the second event a "System Temperature High/Low" annunciator was added to the console alarm panel in order to warn the operator to turn off the cooling system or increase reactor power. There have been no further pool leaks.

Page 3 of 25

Even though the pool is not currently leaking, make-up water volume, evaporation rate and pool water activity continue to be monitored. It is the facility's goal to permanently eliminate the leak; however, due to financial and ALARA considerations, increased monitoring has been implemented while a cost effective, low dose solution is sought. However, the Reactor Safety Committee (RSC) in 2003 mandated reactor shutdown and an immediate repair if the following action levels are reached.

Action Level 1 Pool water make-up greater than 2200 gallons per month. (The basis for this action level is that 2200 gallons per month is equal to 73 gallons per day which is approximately 80% of the rated still capacity.)

Action Level 2 Pool water activity approaching 80% of 1.0 CFR 20, Appendix B, Table II water effluent concentration limits for isotopes with half lives greater than 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

.Regulation 10 CFR Part 20.Appendix B Table 2 lists'the maximum xalloabl con~centration value. for Ar-4'1* at IE-8 Ci/m equivalentwto the radioniuclide concentr~ations which. if inhaled origetdcotnoul ve h1C~ of atyearol produce a total effective dosection 1e1.1.1n 1.2 o f the doN SafetyAnaly is uepo it nSgR) eratima ts that n tatypial year o peration the maximum concentration ited whithe pubwic woeuldbe exposed Wouldsed abo 331 E-9 Ci/m,i rsultining a maimum dose them to pbi pof 06 rnrm/yr. The estimnated vau ofI 3.1E-9 Ci/m` is9bdt one-thirdlower tan, the 10 CFR 20 Appendix B Tab 2value and threfore ted dose would be higher.Please discaussathe do___se cappendioun Licensee's Response:

In section 11.1.1.1.2, the EPA COMPLY code calculated dose of 0.6 mrem/yr is assuming operation of the ventilation system, whereas the maximum concentration cited above which the public would be exposed, 3.31 E-9 Ci/m 3, is assuming the ventilation system is inoperable.

However, following the methodology of comparing to 10 CFR 20 Appendix B Table 2 limits, as calculated in the SAR Appendix A the maximum ground-level concentration with operation of the ventilation system and the maximum hypothetical Ar-41 release rate of 13.3 pCi/sec is 1.25E-9 Ci/m 3. This value is 12.5% of the 10 CFR Part 20 Appendix B Table 2 limit of 1.OE-8 Ci/m 3, and therefore should theoretically result in a dose of 6.3 mrem/yr which is about 10 times the value of 0.6 mrem/yr reported in the SAR. The EPA COMPLY code calculation was performed at the nearest residence 133 meters to the west, and using averaged wind rose data ranging from 4.01 to 5.30 m/s. Wind speed and frequency records were obtained from the International Station Meteorological Climate Summary jointly produced by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, the United States Air Force, and the United States Navy. The data specifically compiled for Madison was obtained from the National Weather Service and was for the period of record from 1948 to 1995. The calculations in the SAR Appendix A were performed at the location of maximum ground-level concentration and using the minimum reported monthly average wind speed of 3.54 m/s.

Page 4 of 25

However, the methodology for calculating air effluent .releases was updated and approved in the LEU Conversion SAR. Using the updated methodology, the maximum ground-level concentration with operation of the ventilation system is 4.78E-1 0 Ci/m 3. This, value is 4.8%

of the 10 CFR Part 20 Appendix B Table 2 limit and therefore should theoretically result in a dose of 2.4 mrem/yr. Furthermore, the approved LEU Conversion SAR in section 13.1.4 includes an updated methodology for calculating whole-body dose from immersion in a radioactive cloud. Using this methodology, with an effective dose coefficient for Ar-41 of 0.2405 rem-m 3/Ci-s, the dose from being exposed to the maximum ground-level concentration with operation of the ventilation system is calculated to be 3.6 mrem/yr.

The EPA COMPLY code calculation was also repeated with the receptor at the site boundary rather than the nearest residence. The calculated dose was 67 mrem/yr.

However, this assumes the maximum hypothetical Ar-41 release rate of 13.3 pCi/sec with continuous operation year-round resulting in a hypothetical annual release of 420 Ci. The highest recorded annual release is only 3.04 Ci which would result in an EPA COMPLY code calculated dose of only 0.5 mrem/yr.

NUREG-1 537 Section 12.8 provides guidance fpinclsng abrief discson of security planning in the S They eR. UNR SAR Seedtion 12.8 staRes, Tetion1 will ire revision as a resu~lt of this Safety Analys~is Report, since some figuires from the previous Safety Anaiysisý Report are iniclude &by referenice." In a letter dated March 31. 2009,UWNR updated the Security Pla n aceordance with 10 p)2). Pleae verify that5U.4NRha CFRR5&( no intentionto further revisecty plan Secrired as a result Of thislicense renewalS o Submnit a revised Security Plan for approval as a supplement tot1eLjC;1~s eea

,Apicat~h9ion Licensee's Response:

The changes to the security plan referenced in the SAR section 12.8 were incorporated into the security plan revision dated March 31, 2009 in accordance with 10 CFR 50.54(p)(2). No further changes to the security plan are required as a result of the license renewal.

Page 5 of 25

Licensee's Response:

The general evacuation procedure, UWNR 150 "Reactor Accident, Fission Product Release, or Major Spill of Radioactive Materials," identifies the areas to be evacuated and describes the evacuation alarm system which alerts members of the public to evacuate.

Members of the public are instructed on the plan by use of red-framed evacuation notices which are posted throughout the building along with floor maps indicating evacuation routes.

The notice reads:

"In the event of'an accident at the Nuclear Reactor Laboratory, an evacuation signal may be given. This signal will be a slow whoopfrom horns located throughout the evacuation zone. In addition, backlit panels will give a flashing indication of:

RADIATION ALARM LEAVE THIS AREA When the horn sounds, this area is to be evacuated and all personnel shall proceed to the north wing of the Mechanical Engineering and then down to the University Avenue main floor lounge/lobby. Alternatively, personnel can proceed to any location farther away from the Reactor Laboratory.

An evacuation drill is performed annually to verify operation of the evacuation alarm system and to provide training for both reactor staff and building occupants. Prior to the evacuation drill the building occupants are informed of the upcoming drill and reminded of the appropriate evacuation routes. During the drill the reactor staff assures people are evacuating and provides additional training to building occupants as needed. Historically evacuation drills have demonstrated that building occupants are evacuated within 5 minutes.

In the event of an evacuation alarm, the site boundary is verified evacuated by the operating staff, with assistance from the University of Wisconsin Police Department (UWPD) as necessary. Access into the evacuated site boundary is controlled by the operating staff and UWPD.

Page 6 of 25

Licensee's Response:

The changes to the technical specifications related to the LEU conversion, approved as Amendment 17 to the license, have been incorporated into a revision to the proposed technical specifications submitted as part of the 2000 license renewal application. The proposed technical specifications are included as Attachment 1 to this response.

6.NU REOG- 1 sitat es th ait the f'ormniaft and content of the T olwta f mrcnNtoa Standards Institute dAmerican Nuclear Soceity (ANSI/ANS) 1~5. 1, '2TheDevelopment of Technical Spe~cifcations for Research Re~actors. ANSI/ANS-1 5.1-2007 provides a definition~

of 'reactor secured.' Ple~ase eval1uate UWVNR TS 1.3.1.2(a) against th tnaddeiiino.

,reacto secu red."

Licensee's Response:

TS 1.3 definition of "Reactor Secured" 2 is revised to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.

Furthermore, the multiple sub-sections of definitions TS 1.3.1 through TS 1.3.4 have been combined into a single alphabetized section as TS 1.3 to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.

Previously proposed TS 1.3.1 "Reactor Secured" 2:

a. The reactor is shut down,
b. The console key switch is in the "off' position and the key is removed from the console and under the control of a licensed operator or stored in a locked storage area, and
c. No work is in progress involving in-core fuel handling or refueling operations, maintenance of the reactor or its control mechanisms, or insertion or withdrawal of in-core experiments with a reactivity worth exceeding 0.7 %Ak/k.

Currently proposed TS 1.3 "Reactor Secured" 2:

a. All shim-safety blades are fully inserted,
b. The reactor is shut down,
c. The console key switch is in the "off' position and the key is removed from the console and under the control of a licensed operator or stored in a locked storage area, and
d. No work is in progress involving in-core fuel handling or refueling operations, maintenance of the reactor or its control mechanisms, or insertion or withdrawal of in-core experiments with a reactivity worth exceeding 0.7 %Ak/k.

See Attachment 1.

Page 7 of 25

Licensee's Response:

TS 1.3 definition of "Cold Critical" is revised and new definitions for "Reference Core Condition" and "Excess Reactivity" are added to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.

Furthermore, the multiple sub-sections of definitions TS 1.3.1 through TS 1.3.4 have been combined into a single alphabetized section as TS 1.3 to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.

Previously proposed TS 1.3.1 "Cold Critical":

The reactor is in the cold critical condition when it is critical with the fuel and bulk water temperatures both below 125°F.

Currently proposed TS 1.3 "Cold Critical":

The reactor is in the cold critical condition when it is critical in the reference core condition.

Newly proposed TS 1.3 "Reference Core Condition":

The reactor is in the reference core condition when the fuel and bulk water temperatures are both below 125 0 F and the reactivity worth of xenon is negligible (<0.2 %Ak/k).

Newly proposed TS 1.3 "Excess Reactivity":

Excess reactivity is that amount of reactivity thatwould exist if all control elements were fully withdrawn from the core in the cold critical condition.

Furthermore, TS 3.1.2.3 is revised to be consistent with the currently proposed definitions.

Previously proposed TS 3.1.2.3:

The reactor in the cold condition without xenon.

Currently proposed TS 3.1.2.3:

The reactor in the reference core condition.

See Attachment 1.

Page 8 of 25

8.NUREG-1 537 states thatthe, format and content of the TS follow th~atof ANSI/ANS~ 15.1.

ANSI/ANS-1 5.1 -2007, Section~1.3~provides definitions for key termninology utilized in TSs Please include a definition odf Confinement, Exces Reactivit~y, Operating, Scrarn Timne, nd Shall, Should and May' in UWNR TS 13 orpoiea ai o not defining these terms.

Licensee's Response:

TS 1.3 is revised to include the definitions requested. Furthermore, the multiple sub-sections of definitions TS 1.3.1 through TS 1.3.4 have been combined into a single alphabetized section as TS 1.3 to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.

Newly proposed TS 1.3 "Confinement":

Confinement is an enclosure of the facility that is designed to limit the release of effluents between the enclosure and its external environment through controlled pathways. This is room 1215 of the Mechanical Engineering Building.

Newly proposed TS 1.3 "Excess Reactivity" (copied from response to RAI No. 7):

Excess. reactivity is that amount of reactivity that would exist if all control elements were fully withdrawn from the core in the cold critical condition.

Newly proposed TS 1.3 "Operating":

Operating means a component or system is performing its intended function.

Newly proposed TS 1.3 "Scram Time":

The time from the initiation of a scram signal to the time that the slowest scrammable control element reaches its fully inserted position.

Newly proposed TS 1.3 "Shall, Should, and May":

The word "shall" is used to denote a requirement; the word "should" is used to denote a recommendation; and the word "may" is used to denote permission, neither a requirement nor a recommendation.

See Attachment 1.

Page 9 of 25

9. NUJREG sttsta h fo rmat and conentof the TS fol I w that of AN SlI/AN Si 15.1 ANSI/ANS-15A-2007<Section 6..2 discusses specil repor operational occurirences, UoNRtTS 1O.3(6)clists asreportable ocuraence as Abnormal and signnificant degradation infuel or cladding wwcch Couldresult ixceeding prescribed reactor r tiongeposurecibdit odf personneposruevironments or both.'ANSe IANvn15.1 Section Crdoes not includelthe sultionfor exceeding exposure limiets. Please consider removing th stipultionand including all in tancts of abnormal and significant fuel or cladding dama( excludingl ) minor or provide a basis fa incluing thimstipulation.

Licensee's Response:

TS 1.3 definition of "Reportable Occurrence" was based on the standard ANSI/ANS-15.1-1990 approved at the time of license renewal application submittal which included the stipulation for exceeding exposure limits during degradation in reactor fuel or cladding. This definition is revised to conform to the current standard ANStiANS-15.1-2007.

Previously proposed TS 1.3.1 "Reportable Occurance" 6:

Abnormal and significant degradation in reactor fuel or cladding which could result in exceeding prescribed radiation exposure limits of personnel or environment, or both.

Currently proposed TS 1.3 'Reportable Occurance" 6:

Abnormal and significant degradation in reactor fuel or cladding, or coolant boundary (excluding minor leaks) where applicable.

See Attachment 1.

1. Nw -15371 statesothatth format and content of the TSfollow th o ANSI/ANS 15.r1o UyVNR TS 3,1 statesan overall objective for TS inSection 3.1. :TS 3.1 ..1, 3.1.2 and ~3.1.3 do not have specific~ objectives. TS 3.1 .4 and TS 3.1 .6 have specific olbjectjves. Please, qlarif.y Which obetvsaeapLcbet hc TS in Section, 3.1.

Licensee's Response:

TS 3.1 is revised to eliminate generic applicability and objective statements for TS 3.1 and include specific statements for TS 3.1.1 through 3.1.6.

Previously proposed TS 3.1 (Reactor Core Parameters) Applicability (now deleted):

These specifications apply to the reactivity condition of the reactor and the reactivity worths of control rods. They apply for all modes of operation.

Previously proposed TS 3.1 (Reactor Core Parameters) Objective (now deleted):

The objective is to assure that the reactor can be shut down at all times and to assure that the fuel temperature safety limit will not be exceeded.

Newly proposed TS 3.1.1 (Excess Reactivity) Applicability:

This specification applies to the reactivity condition of the reactor and the reactivity worths of control elements and applies for all modes of operation.

Newly proposed TS 3.1.1 (Excess Reactivity) Objective:

The objective is to assure that the reactor can be shut down at all times.

Page 10 of 25

Newly proposed TS 3.1.2 (Shutdown Margin) Applicability:

This specification applies to the reactivity condition of the reactor and the reactivity worths of control elements and applies for all modes of operation.

Newly proposed TS 3.1.2 (Shutdown Margin) Objective:

The objective is to assure that the reactor can be shut down at all times.

Newly proposed TS 3.1.3 (Pulse Limits) Applicability:

This specification applies to the reactivity worth of the transient rod and pulse interlocks based on power level. It applies to pulse mode operation.

Newly proposed TS 3.1.3 (Pulse Limits) Objective:

The objective is to assure that the fuel temperature safety limit will not be exceeded.

Applicability and Objective statements for TS 3.1.4 (Core Configurations) and 3.1.6 (Fuel Parameters) remain unchanged. See Attachment 1.

NURFG-1 5ý37 Part 1, Chpter 3.Section~ 3. einCiei for Structures, System and Components states thatoneof the desigcriteria to be considered should be the redundancy of reacto rtctive and safety featUref so tat- any fsngle ailureaqill not reaentsaig threator moutd own.The FueB Tmperatimeth channel wpacicaio i TS 3.2.4 as TSb38piscusses an exceptihereplated to avaiF hef of relacemnt astrumented fe

(

herme pnts oF tep rcifically. theiSetpo t and FunEctiton statement for the Fuel Temperatur thferoop Cnn thspecification allows continued operationrof an ope core ingth cteional absencle olaneoerablelFE if themLinear Power Level scr setphints o re educed to 110 per~cent f~ull power.

Please further discussbhe basiad no sedsfrl this exceptin, witf regaetigo the exduction redundang and odefe-in-depth with no Fuel Temperatureou afetys hannel and Liear PtowerScramlc channels reducdto 110 percent fu0ll pow. Aditionally discuss how thew excerption, if utilized, wcoudi eet the requireletes of TSu2.2 for measuringthe fuel te~mperature at the IFE.

Licensee's Response:

As part of the refueling to the TRIGA FLIP core from 1973-1 980, four lEEs were acquired, each containing three thermocouples. By the time the license renewal application was being prepared, all three thermocouples in two of the IFEs had burned out as well as one thermocouple on the remaining installed IFE, with one un-irradiated spare. A second thermocouple on the remaining installed IFE was unreliable and suspected bad, leaving .only a single reliable thermocouple measuring fuel temperature in the core. Furthermore, production of TRIGA FLIP fuel had ceased and therefore acquiring replacement IFEs, even if funding were available, was not possible. This was the basis for requesting the exemption allowing continued operation with no operable thermocouples for operational cores only, if the power level scram set-point was reduced to 110% to compensate. Therefore, new or experimental core configurations for which fuel temperatures could not be measured would not be allowed but operational cores for which fuel temperatures had already been measured would still be permitted (see TS 1.3 "Operational Core").

Page 11 of 25

However, since submitting the original license renewal application in 2000, the core has been converted to TRIGA LEU 30/20 fuel. Two IFEs are currently installed in the core, with two un-irradiated spares on hand. After completing all startup testing including fuel temperature mapping, no thermocouples have burned out or are giving any indication of failing. Therefore it is no longer anticipated that all available IFE thermocouples would burn out in the expected operational life of the reactor core, so the exemption allowing continued operation with no operable thermocouples has been removed from the currently proposed technical specifications.

However, the TRIGA fuel manufacturer has announced its intention to shutdown the TRIGA fuel production facility in the near future, and if in the future all available IFE thermocouples burn out and replacements cannot be acquired, a separate license amendment will be submitted at that time requesting an exemption similar to that previously proposed.

12. NýURýEG-.1 5S7 states Chat the orm~at and content Iof the ~TS followthat of ANS/ANS 1~51.1 ANSI/ANS- 5,.1-2007 Section .2(l) spec~ifies tha~t th prblt o con~trol elemets be definedj usin~g Scram ims Plas dics whte WR S321i cnitnith the standard guidance.

Licensee's Response:

The operability requirement for control element scram times is already addressed in TS 3.2.2, however TS 3.2.1 is revised for clarification.

Previously proposed TS 3.2.1:

The reactor shall not be operated unless at least three control elements are functioning and scrammable.

Currently proposed TS 3.2.1:

The reactor shall not be operated unless at least three control elements are operable and scrammable in accordance with TS 3.2.2.

See Attachment 1.

13, WREG-15:37A states th~at the-format and content of the TS follow that of ANSFANS 1-5.).

ANI/AN 5.1-2007 Section 3.2(8) icuegidneoestablishing prite bypassing of chainnels for the purposes of calibrations and maintenan&e, Please discuss whether WNR TS 3.2 should include acceptal conditions for bypa~ssings channrls for thi upse Licensee's Response:

Bypassing channels is already addressed in TS 3.2.7. The numbering of sub-sections under TS 3.2 was based on the standard ANSI/ANS-1 5.1-1990 approved at the time of license renewal application submittal. The current standard ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007 added a sub-section 3.2.5, "Minimum Channels Needed for Reactor Operation", which changed the numbering of following sub-sections. The specification in ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007 3.2.5 is already addressed in TS 3.2.8, "Control Systems and Instrumentation Required for Operation." Furthermore, bypassing of scram channels is not authorized according to the proposed TS 3.2.7. See Attachment 1.

Page 12 of 25

14. ~NUREG-15'37' states that the format and content of the TSfollow that of ANSlfANS 15.1._

ANSIIA$JS-1 5.1 -2007 Section~ 3.3 provides g~idancefor leak~or los of coolant detection.Ts 3.3 specification 5 states pool level alarmsif level drops "~one foot or less." Please consider revising to state 'one foot ormore.'

Licensee's Response:

TS 3.3 is revised for clarification. Furthermore, previously proposed specifications for pool design features are already addressed in TS 5.2 and are deleted from TS 3.3. The specification for pool water temperature was added with the LEU Conversion Amendment No. 17 (see RAI No. 5).

Previously proposed TS 3.3:

1. The reactor core shall be cooled by natural convective water flow.
2. The pool water inlet pipe to the demineralizer shall not extend more than 15 feet into the top of the reactor pool when fuel is in the core. The outlet pipe from the demineralizer shall be equipped with a check valve and siphon breaker to prevent inadvertent draining of the pool.
3. Diffuser and other auxiliary systems pumps shall be located no more than 15 feet below the top of the reactor pool.
4. All other piping and pneumatic tube systems entering the pool shall have siphon breakers and valves or blind flanges which will prevent draining more than 15 feet of water from the pool.
5. A pool level alarm shall indicate loss of coolant if the pool. level drops one foot or less below normal level.
6. The reactor shall not be operated if the conductivity of the pool water exceeds 5 microohms/cm (<0.2 MegOhm-cm) when averaged over a period of one week.
7. The reactor shall not be operated if the radioactivity of pool water exceeds the limits of 10 CFR Part 20 Appendix B Table 3 for radioisotopes with half-lives >24 hours.

Currently proposed TS 3.3:

1. A pool level alarm shall indicate loss of coolant if the pool level drops one foot or more below normal level.
2. A pool water temperature alarm shall indicate ifwater temperature reaches 1300F.
3. The reactor shall not be operated if the conductivity of the pool water exceeds 5 microohms/cm (<0.2 MegOhm-cm) when averaged over a period of one week.
4. The reactor shall not be operated if the radioactivity of pool water exceeds the limits of 10 CFR Part 20 Appendix B Table 3 for radioisotopes with half-lives >24 hours.

See Attachment 1.

Page 13 of 25

Licensee's Response:

TS 3.4 is revised to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007. The previous specifications for minimum free volume and minimum exhaust height are removed because they are already addressed in TS 5.1.

Previously proposed TS 3.4:

1. The reactor shall be housed in a closed room designed to restrict leakage. The minimum free volume shall be 2,000 cubic meters.
2. All air or other gas exhausted from the reactor room and associated experimental facilities shall be released to the environment a minimum of 26.5 meters above ground level.

Currently proposed TS 3.4:

3.4.1 Operations that require confinement:

Confinement is required for reactor operation or any movement of irradiated fuel or fueled experiments with significant fission product inventory outside of containers, systems, or storage areas.

3.4.2: Equipment to achieve confinement:

To achieve confinement, the ventilation system must be operating in accordance with TS 3.5.

See Attachment 1.

Page 14 of 25

Licensee's Response:

TS 3.5 is revised to eliminate the exemption allowing two days of reactor operation with the ventilation system inoperable. In addition, the specification is revised to clarify when the ventilation system is operating to conform to standard ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.

Previously proposed TS 3.5:

The reactor shall not be operated unless the laboratory ventilation system is in operation, except for periods of time not to exceed two days, to permit repairs of the system.

Currently proposed TS 3.5:

The reactor shall not be operated unless the ventilation system is operating. The ventilation system is considered operating if:

1. One stack exhaust fan is operating,
2. Exhaust flow-rate is at least 9600 scfm,
3. Exhaust filter total pressure drop is less than 2.5 inches of water column.

See Attachment 1.

qAEG-l 37 states that the format and contentof, t he TS follow that f&fANSI/ANSi15.1.

oAorI/AgS- 5. 1-00ection 3..1prvides 3time limit for alterate method~s montorngwit achannel out of servic~e. Please review th~e asterisk condition inofTSradiation 3.7A and consider adding a time limit consistent with the standard guidance or provide a basis for~

not includirng ielmt Licensee's Response:

TS 3.7.1 is revised to conform to standard ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.

Previously proposed TS 3.7.1 Table note:

  • For periods of time for maintenance to the radiation monitoring channels, the intent of this specification will be satisfied if they are replaced with portable gamma sensitive instruments having their own alarms or which shall be kept under visual observation.

Currently proposed TS 3.7.1 Table note:

  • For periods of time, not to exceed 1 week, for maintenance to the radiation monitoring channels, the intent of this specification will be satisfied if they are replaced with portable gamma sensitive instruments having their own alarms or which shall be kept under visual observation.

See Attachment 1.

Page 15 of 25

Licensee's Response:

TS 3.8.1 is revised to conform to standard ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.

Previously proposed TS 3.8.1:

1. The reactivity worth of any single non-secured experiment shall not exceed 0.7

%Ak/k.

2. The reactivity worth of any single secured experiment shall not exceed 1.4 %Ak/k.

Currently proposed TS 3.8.1:

1. The sum of the absolute values of the reactivity worths of all non-secured experiments does not exceed 0.7 %Ak/k.
2. The reactivity worth of any single secured experiment does not exceed 1.4 %Ak/k.
3. The sum of the absolute values of the reactivity worths of all experiments, both secured and non-secured, does not exceed the maximum excess reactivity specified in TS 3.1.1.

See Attachment 1.

Regulatory Guid e2.2, "Developmet of Technica Specifications for Experiments in Research Reactors. Section C..c.3)y ~states that the rmat'eriis of cnstruction anid fabricaitin a shouldbe so specife atnd use thatassrance is provtided that no s'tressfailuire cai Occur atstresses tie those antcptdih manipulatsn raid conduct ROccuras ortwic those which ofthe tuld experiment result Of unintern b crediblie tn 2ut changes o or wthin, t Uh experiment.l facilTSites explosive materials in quantities less than25 mg4to e irrad ated inpt r r in acontaine provided that the pressure produced upon detonation of the explosivehas been caludanoed and/or experimentally demonstrated to be less than thedesign pressure of the container.

Please d1iscuss how UvWiT ~wil esure a sfety factor of, twoi TS 3.8.2.

Licensee's Response:

TS 3.8.2 is revised to conform to Regulatory Guide 2.2.

Previously proposed TS 3.8.2.1:

Explosive materials, such as gunpowder, TNT, nitroglycerin, or PETN, in quantities greater than 25 milligrams shall not be irradiated in the reactor or experimental facilities, Explosive materials in quantities less than 25 milligrams may be irradiated provided the pressure produced upon detonation of the explosive has been calculated and/or experimentally demonstrated to be less than, the design pressure of the container.

Page 16 of 25

Currently proposed TS 3.8.2.1:

Explosive materials, such as gunpowder, TNT, nitroglycerin, or PETN, in quantities greater than 25 milligrams shall not be irradiated in the reactor or experimental facilities.

Explosive materials in quantities less than 25 milligrams may be irradiated provided the pressure produced upon detonation of the explosive has been calculated and/or experimentally demonstrated to be less than half the design pressure of the container.

See Attachment 1.

Licensee's Response:

TS 4.2.5 is revised to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.

Newly proposed TS 4.2.5.c:

A channel calibration of items (1) and (2) in Table 3.2.4 shall be performed annually.

Note that item (1) is the fuel temperature channel and item (2) is the linear power level channels. See Attachment 1.

Licensee's Response:

TS 4.2 was based on the standard ANSI/ANS-1 5.1-1990 approved at the time of license renewal application submittal, which did not include sub-section 4.2(9). Surveillance of interlocks is already addressed in TS 4.2.5.a. These interlock surveillances are conducted in accordance with the procedure UWNR 110 "Daily Reactor Pre-Startup Checklist" which includes the pulse mode control interlock. While TS 4.2(9) specifies that the pulse mode control interlock is required to be operable in pulse mode only, TS 4.1.3 requires semiannual pulsing of the reactor. Therefore the pulse mode control interlock must be verified operable at least semi-annually. See Attachment 1.

Page 17 of 25

22. NUREG45Iý7 states that the forma and content of the TS fo Ilow that of AN SI /ANS 15.1.

AN~Sl/ANS-1 5.1-2007 Section4.4 provid~es guidance ~for fuctional testing of Confinement, Ple~ase dLiscu~ss the bai.f~.dtrnn UWNR TS 4.4 is not required.

Licensee's Response:

The only requirement to achieve confinement according to TS 3.4 is operation of the ventilation system. TS 4.4 is revised to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.

Previously proposed TS 4.4:

No surveillances are required.

Currently proposed TS 4.4:

The ventilation system shall be verified operable in accordance with TS 4.5 quarterly.

See Attachment 1.

23. NUREG-I 537 states that the formrat~ and content ofteTSflo thatof ANSI/ANS1.1 ANSIIANS-I 5.1-2007 ~Section ~4.5 providJes guidance for Surveillances ~on ve'ntilation syster filter efficincymeaSrentsand an operability chec~k ofany emergency~ exhaust sy~stems.

Please dciscuss whether the UWNR TS 4.5 is consistent with the standard. gui~dance.

Licensee's Response:

ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007 states specific systems from section 3 specifications will establish the minimum performance level, and the companion section 4 surveillance specifications will prescribe the frequency and scope of surveillance to demonstrate such performance. TS 3.5 states the minimum requirements of one exhaust fan operating, exhaust flow-rate, and exhaust filter pressure drop. TS 4.5 states that the ventilation system shall be verified operable quarterly. Even though TS 3.5 has been revised to identify the minimum performance levels, TS 4.5 is still consistent with ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.

4'.4NUkff-1 737_ states that he forat'n content of the TS follow that of ANSI/AN&s 15. 1.

-ANSI/ANS-15.1 -20,97 Section~ 4.7.2 (2) rvdsgiaco suvilne r~equiremen~ts covering environmentai1l frionitoring, pecifically 'sampling of soil, vegetation,; or water in-the viciit~y ofthe' facility. Plq~asedtcs whte UJNR4TS 4.71.2is con~sistent wJith~t~he Licensee's Response:

TS 4.7.2 was based on the standard ANSI/ANS-15.1-1990 approved at the time of license renewal application submittal, which was not specific to address off-site monitoring.

However, environmental monitoring as described in ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007 is satisfied. All liquid releases to the sewer and air effluents to the stack are monitored and verified to be below effluent limits. Pool water is routinely analyzed for radioactivity according to TS 4.3, and any water make-up beyond normal evaporative losses is monitored and verified to be below effluent limits. Environmental TLD badges are also located at various positions off-site to monitor exposure.

Page 18 of 25

Licensee's Response:

TS 5.1 is revised to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007. Two new specifications are added to define the operations and site boundaries.

Previously proposed TS 5.1.1:

The reactor shall be housed in a closed room designed to restrict leakage. The minimum free volume shall be 2,000 cubic meters.

Previously proposed TS 5.1.2:

All air or other gas exhausted from the reactor room and the Beam Port and Thermal Column Ventilation System shall be released to the environment a minimum of 26.5 meters above ground level.

Newly proposed TS 5.1.3:

The operations boundary shall be the Reactor Laboratory, room 1215 of the Mechanical Engineering Building. The operations boundary shall be a restricted area.

Newly proposed TS 5.1.4:

The site boundary shall be that portion of the center and east wings of the Mechanical Engineering Building south of the north lobby, plus the portion of Engineering Drive south of the designated areas of the building. The site boundary may be a non-restricted area.

See Attachment 1.

Page 19 of 25

26.. NUREG-1 537 states thttefoma n content of the TS follow, thtat of AN SI/ANS 15. 1.

ANSlIANS-i 51~-2007 SectionV6.1;.1 provides guidance related to orgaizational strUctUre.

UWVNR TS 6.1.1 states thatthe Radiation SaeyOfc eot to"'bth com~mitte~es as well as to the Reactor Director." However, the organiztional chart has the Radiation ~Safety~

Office reportng to a level ab~ove thie ANSI/ANS-1 5.4 Leve~l 1 position. Please clarify~the reporting strctr fror the Radiation Safety ffice at UWVNR.

Licensee's Response:

The University Radiation Safety Committee (URSC) is the body that authorizes use of ionizing radiation on campus and is responsible for the oversight of all radioactive material on campus. This authority is delegated to the URSC by the Chancellor who receives authority from the Board of Regents, the ultimate holder of the reactor. license. The Radiation Safety Office is delegated by the URSC to implement, on a day-to-day basis, the authority of the URSC. The Radiation Safety Officer (RSO) is in charge of the Radiation Safety Office and is a member of the URSC. The Reactor Safety Committee (RSC) is a standing sub-committee of the URSC and the RSC chair is a member of the URSC. The RSO is also a member of the RSC. Therefore the Radiation Safety Office operates under the authority of the URSC,and reports to the URSC, department chair, RSC and Reactor Director on review and audit functions at the facility. Each of these organizations has the authority to stop work at the reactor laboratory.

Certain level 1 responsibilities of the Board of Regents of the University of Wisconsin, the holder of the reactor license, are delegated to the Engineering Physics Department chair.

The organizational chart is revised for clarification below. See also Attachment 1.

Page 20 of 25

BOARD ýOF REGENTS CHANCELLOR - MADISON CAMPUS (ANSi/ANS-15.1 Level 1)

UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN RADIATION SAFETY COMMITTEE I.-'

I CHAIR ENGINEERING PHYSICS&DEPARTMENT REACTOR SAFETYCOM MITTEE (ANSI/ANS715.- Level 1)

I

.1 REACTOR: DIRECTOR (ANSI/ANS-15:1 Level 2)

!

University Safety Department Radiation Safety Office H

I OEATOR'.SUPERVISOR. (SRO)

.(ANSIIANS-i15.1 Level 3)

)

ALTERNATE SUPERVISORS (SRO)

(ANSI/ANS-1 5.1 Level 3)

REACTOR OPERATORS (RO)

(ANSI/ANS-1 5.1 Level 4) I -----

Reporting Lines Communication Lines Page 21 of 25

Licensee's Response:

TS 6.1.3.1 .c is revised to conform to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.

Previously proposed TS 6.1.3.1.c:

A designated senior reactor operator shall be readily available at the facility or on call.

Currently proposed TS 6.1.3.1.c:

A designated senior reactor operator shall be readily available at the facility or on call.

On call means the individual can be rapidly reached by phone or radio and is within 30 minutes or 15 miles'of the reactor facility.

See Attachment 1.

28, UREG-1n 5 ter 12.1oonductofO organization shall meet th o-oe ~reactor tnsdardaiain statesN 1 hat tc)7 eNfA 15.1..2.2 ReiwadAdtGopQoUSsae ot less than'bone-half of the memnbership wh~ere o perating taff dosnt osiute anajority is' considered as _urrs TS 6.2. 1d~oe~s ot specif the comiposition of the Saft eiwCmite(R) justorum._

number of rnrbers. Plea se diCLS the'opqitoof theSCad-h numbers the membe~rsfromn operating saf.

Licensee's. Response:

The Reactor Safety Committee (RSC) charter precludes reactor operating staff from being members of the committee.

Page 22 of 25

Licensee's Response:

It is recognized that TS 6.2.4 does not specify an independent review of the areas cited above. TS 6.2.4 is revised to clearly specify the requested independent review.

Previously proposed TS 6.2.4:

A Health Physicist from the University of Wisconsin Safety Department Radiation Safety Office shall represent the University Radiation Safety Committee and shall conduct an inspection of the facility at least monthly to assure compliance with the regulations of 10 CFR Part 20. The services and inspection function of the Health Physics Office shall also be available to the Reactor Safety Committee, and will extend the scope of the audit to cover license, technical specification, and procedure adherence.

The committee shall audit operation and operational records of the facility. If the committee chooses to use the staff of the Health Physics organization for the audit function, the reports of audit results will be distributed to the committee and included as an agenda item for committee meetings.

Reactor staff shall perform annual reviews of the requalification program, the security plan, and the emergency plan and its implementing procedures.

Currently proposed TS 6.2.4:

A Health Physicist from the University of Wisconsin Safety Department Radiation Safety Office shall represent the University Radiation Safety Committee and shall conduct an inspection of the facility at least monthly to assure compliance with the regulations of 10 CFR Part 20. The services and inspection function of the Health Physics Office shall also be available to the Reactor Safety Committee, and will extend the scope of the audit to cover license, technical specification, and procedure adherence.

The committee shall audit operation and operational records of the facility, requalification program, security plan, and emergency plan and its implementing procedures. If the committee chooses to use the staff of the Health Physics organization for the audit function, the reports of audit results will be distributed to the committee and included as an agenda item for committee meetings.

See Attachment 1.

Page 23 of 25

Licensee's Response:

TS 6.3 specifies that the reactor laboratory shall meet the requirements of the University Radiation Safety Regulations. The University Radiation Safety Regulations meet the requirements of 10 CFR 20.1101 (a) and ANSI/ANS-15.11-1993 (R2004) as specified in ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007.

~31 UWVNRTS 6.8.2 specifies o~ne cyc~le as retention tirne foroprtrqaitonr re~qualification. Regula~tion 10 CFR 55.59(c(5j) reqUires that it be a training cycle. Please Licensee's Response:

TS 6.8.2 is revised to confirm to ANSI/ANS-15.1-2007 and 10 CFR 55.59(c)(5).

Previously proposed TS 6.8.2, Records to be Retained for at Least One Cycle:

Operator qualification and re-qualification records.

Currently proposed TS 6.8.2, Records to be Retained for at Least One Certification Cycle:

Record of retraining and requalification of certified operations personnel shall be maintained at all times the individual is employed or until the certification is renewed.

For the purposes of this technical specification, a certification is an NRC issued operator license.

See Attachment 1.

Page 24 of 25

Following discussions with the NRC on 6/2/2010, two additional requests were made regarding the proposed technical specifications beyond those already submitted as RAIs.

First, it was observed that each technical specification in chapter 5 was missing the basis.

Therefore the applicability, objective, and basis for each technical specification in chapter 5 is included in the currently proposed technical specifications. Each applicability, objective, and basis is based on existing wording in the currently approved technical specifications (Amendment No. 17 to the license). See Attachment 1.

Second, it was noted in the technical specifications chapter 6 that there was no requirement for retaining certain records as required by 10 CFR 50.36(c). Specifically, notification of an exceeded safety limit, notification that an automatic safety system did not function as required, and notification of a failure to meet limiting conditions for operation. These three records were added to TS 6.8.3, Records to be Retained for the Lifetime of the Reactor Facility.

Newly proposed TS 6.8.3 items 5-7:

5. Notification that safety limit was exceeded.
6. Notification that automatic safety system did not function as required.
7. Notification of failure to meet limiting conditions for operation.

See Attachment 1.

Page 25 of 25

Attachment I Newly Proposed UWNR Technical Specifications

UWNR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TS 1 INTRODUCTION TS 1.1 Scope This section of the SAR for license renewal of the University of Wisconsin Nuclear Reactor constitutes the proposed Technical Specifications for that facility as required by 10 CFR 50.36. This document includes the basis to support the selection and significance of the specifications. Each basis is included for information purposes only, and is not part of the Technical Specifications in that it does not constitute requirements or limitations which the licensee must meet in order to meet the specifications. Dimensions, measurements, and other numerical values given in these specifications may differ slightly from actual values due to construction and manufacturing tolerances or normal degree of accuracy or of instrument readings.

These specifications are re-formatted from the technical specifications in force in 1999 as amended in 2008 for the conversion to LEU fuel (Amendment No. 17).. Changes reflect only changes required by name changes or to include information not in the original technical specifications. In addition, certain additions required by NUREG-1537 are included. All substantive changes were denoted by redlining in the 2000 license renewalsubmittal Rev 0, but currently only changes since the last revision are redlined (indicated by vertical line in margin).

TS 1.2 Format Content and section numbering is in accordance with section 1.2.2 of ANSI/ANS 15.1.

TS 1.3 Definitions The terms used herein are explicitly defined to ensure uniform interpretation of the Technical Specifications.

CHANNEL CALIBRATION:

A channel calibration consists of comparing a measured value from the measuring channel with a corresponding known value of the parameter so that the measuring channel output can be adjusted to respond with acceptable accuracy to known values of the measured variable.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-I

CHANNEL CHECK:

A channel check is a qualitative verification of acceptable performance by observation of channel behavior.

CHANNEL TEST:

A channel test is the introduction of a signal into the channel to verify that it is operable.

COLD CRITICAL:

The reactor is in the cold critical condition when it is critical in the reference core condition.

CONFINEMENT:

Confinement is an enclosure of the facility that is designed to limit the release of effluents between the enclosure and its external environment through controlled pathways. This is room 1215 of the Mechanical Engineering Building.

CORE LATTICE POSITION:

A core lattice position is that region in the core (approximately 3" by 3") over a grid hole. It may be occupied by a fuel bundle, an experiment or experimental facility, or a reflector element.

EXCESS REACTIVITY:

Excess reactivity is that amount ofreactivity that would exist if all control elements were fully withdrawn from the core in the cold critical condition.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-2

EXPERIMENT:

Experiment shall mean:

I. Any apparatus, device or material which is not a normal part of the reactor core or experimental facility, or

2. Any activity external to the biological shield using a beam of radiation emanating from the reactor core, or
3. Any operation designed to measure reactor parameters or characteristics, or any activity external to the biological shield using a beam of radiation emanating from the reactor core:

Classification of experiments shall be:

1. Routine experiments. Routine experiments are those which have previously been performed at the facility.
2. Modified routine experiments. Modified routine experiments are those which have not been performed previously but are similar to the routine experiments in that the hazards are neither greater nor significantly different than those for the corresponding routine experiments.
3. Special experiments. Special experiments are those which are not routine or modified routine experiments.

EXPERIMENT SAFETY SYSTEMS:

Experiment safety systems are those systems, including their associated input circuits, which are designed to initiate a scram for the primary purpose of protecting an experiment or to provide information which requires manual protective action to be initiated.

EXPERIMENTAL FACILITIES:

Experimental facilities shall mean beam ports, including extension tubes with shields, thermal columns with shields, vertical tubes, through tubes, in-core irradiation baskets, irradiation cell, pneumatic transfer systems and any other in-pool irradiation facilities.

FUEL BUNDLE:

A fuel bundle is a cluster of three or four fuel elements secured in a square array by a top handle and a bottom grid plate adaptor.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-3

FUEL ELEMENT:

A fuel element is a single TRIGA fuel rod of LEU 30/20 type.

INSTRUMENTED ELEMENT:

An instrumented element is a special fuel element in which thermocouples are embedded for the purpose of measuring fuel temperatures during reactor operation.

IRRADIATION:

Irradiation shall mean the insertion of any device or material that is not a normal part of the core or experimental facilities into an experimental facility so that the device or material is exposed to a significant amount of the radiation available in that irradiation facility.

LEU 30/20 CORE:

A LEU 30/20 core is an arrangement of TRIGA LEU 30/20 fuel in the reactor grid plate.

LIMITING SAFETY SYSTEM SETTINGS:

Limiting safety system settings are settings for automatic protective devices related to those variables having significant safety functions.

MEASURED VALUE:

The measured value is the magnitude of that variable as it appears on the output of a measuring channel.

MEASURING CHANNEL:

A measuring channel is the combination of sensor, interconnecting cables or lines, amplifiers, and output device which are connected for the purpose of measuring the value of a variable.

NON-SECURED EXPERIMENT Any experiment not meeting the criteria of a secured experiment.

OPERABLE:

A system, device, or component shall be considered operable when it is capable of performing its intended functions in a normal manner.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS'4

OPERATING:

Operating means a component or system is performing its intended function.

OPERATIONAL CORE:

An operational core is an LEU 30/20 core for which the core parameters of shutdown margin, fuel temperature, power calibration, and maximum allowable pulse reactivity insertion have been determined to satisfy the requirements of the Technical Specifications.

PULSE MODE (PU)

Pulse mode operation shall mean any operation of the reactor with the mode selector switch in the pulse position.

REACTOR OPERATION:

Reactor operation is any condition wherein the reactor is not secured.

REACTOR SAFETY SYSTEMS:

Reactor safety systems are those systems; including their associated input circuits, which are designed to initiate a reactor scram for the primary purpose of protecting the reactor or to provide information which requires manual protective action to be initiated.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-5

REACTOR SECURED:

The reactor is secured when:

1. Either there is insufficient moderator available in the reactor to attain criticality or there is insufficient fissile material present in the reactor to attain criticality upon optimum available conditions of moderation and reflection, or
2. The following conditions exist:
a. All shim-safety blades are fully inserted,
b. The reactor is shut down,
c. The console key switch is in the "off' position and the key is removed from the console and under the control of a licensed operator or stored in a locked storage area, and
d. No work is in progress involving in-core fuel handling or refueling operations, maintenance of the reactor or its control mechanisms, or insertion or withdrawal of in-core experiments with a reactivity worth exceeding 0.7% AK/K.

REACTOR SHUTDOWN:

The reactor is shut down when the reactor is subcritical by at least 0.7% Ak/k of reactivity.

REFERENCE CORE CONDITION:

The reactor is in the reference core condition when the fuel and bulk water temperatures are both below 125°F and the reactivity worth of xenon is negligible

(<0.2 %Ak/k).

REGULATING BLADE:

The regulating blade is a low worth control blade that need not have scram capability. Its position may be varied manually or by the servo-controller.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-6

REPORTABLE OCCURRENCE:

A reportable occurrence is any of the following that occur during reactor operation:

1. O0eration with any safety system setting less conservative than specified in the technical specifications;
2. Operation in violation of a Limiting Condition for Operation listed in Section 3;
3. Operation with a required reactor or experiment safety system component in an inoperative or failed condition which could render the system incapable of performing its intended safety function;
4. Any unanticipated or uncontrolled change in reactivity greater than 0.7%

AK/K, excluding reactor trips from a known cause;

5. An observed inadequacy in the implementation of either administrative or procedural controls, such that the inadequacy could have caused the existence or development of a condition which could result in operation of the reactor outside the specified safety limits; and
6. Abnormal and significant degradation in reactor fuel or cladding, or coolant boundary (excluding minor leaks) where applicable.

SAFETY CHANNEL:

A safety channel is a measuring channel in the reactor safety system.

SAFETY LIMITS:

Safety limits are limits on important process variables whichare found to be necessary to reasonably protect the integrity of certain of the physical barriers which guard against the uncontrolled release of radioactivity.

SCRAM TIME:

The time from the initiation of a scram signal to the time that the slowest scrammable control element reaches its fully inserted position.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-7

SECURED EXPERIMENT:

A secured experiment shall mean any experiment that is held firmly in place by a mechanical device or by gravity, that is not readily removable from the reactor, and that requires one of the following actions to permit removal:

I. Removal of mechanical fasteners

2. Use of underwater handling tools
3. Moving of shield blocks or beam port containers.

SHALL, SHOULD, AND MAY:

The word "shall" is used to denote a requirement; the word "should" is used to denote a recommendation; and the word "may" is used to denote permission, neither a requirement nor a recommendation.

SHIM-SAFETY BLADE:

A shim-safety blade is a control blade having an electric motor drive and scram capabilities. Its position may be varied manually or by the servo-controller.

SHUTDOWN MARGIN:

Shutdown margin shall mean the minimum shutdown reactivity necessary to provide confidence that the reactor can be made subcritical by means of the control and safety systems, starting from any, permissible operating condition (assuming the most reactive scrammable control element and any non-scrammable control elements remain full out), and the reactor will remain subcritical without further operator action.

SQUARE WAVE MODE (SW)

Square wave mode operation shall mean any operation of the reactor with the mode selector switch in the square wave position.

STEADY STATE MODE (SS)

Steady state mode operation shall mean operation of the reactor with the mode selector switch in the manual or automatic positions.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-8

TRANSIENT ROD:

The transient rod is a control rod with scram capabilities that can be rapidly ejected from the reactor core to produce a pulse. Its position may be varied manually or by the servo-controller. It may have a voided or solid aluminum follower.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-9

TS 2 SAFETY LIMITS AND LIMITING SAFETY SYSTEM SETTINGS TS 2.1 Safety Limits Applicability This specification applies to fuel element temperature and steady-state reactor power level.

Objective The objective is to define the maximum fuel element temperature and reactor power level that can be permitted with confidence that no fuel element cladding failure will result.

Specification

1. The temperature in a TRIGA LEU 30/20 fuel element shall not exceed 1150'C under any conditions of operation.
2. The reactor steady-state power level shall not exceed 1500 kW under any conditions of operation.

Basis A loss of integrity of the fuel element cladding could arise from a buildup of excessive pressure between the fuel moderator and the cladding if the fuel temperature exceeds the safety limit. The pressure is caused by air, fission product gases, and hydrogen from dissociation of the fuel moderator. The magnitude of this pressure is determined by the fuel moderator temperature and the ratio of hydrogen to zirconium in the alloy.

The safety limit for the TRIGA LEU 30/20 fuel element is based on data which indicate that the stress in the cladding due to hydrogen pressure from the dissociation of zirconium hydride will remain below the ultimate stress provided the temperature does not exceed 11 50'C and the fuel cladding is water cooled2 .

It has been shown by experience that operation of TRIGA reactors at a power level of 1500 kW will not result in damage to the fuel. Several reactors of this type have operated successfully for several years at power levels up to 1500kW. The LEU Conversion SARI section 4.7.8 shows by analysis that a power level of 1500 kW corresponds to a peak fuel temperature of 665°C. Thus a Safety Limit on power level of 1500 kW provides an ample margin of safety for operation.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-10

TS 2.2 Limiting Safety System Settings Applicability This specification applies to the scram setting which prevents the safety limit from being reached.

Obiective The objective is to prevent the safety limits from being reached.

Specification

1. The limiting safety system setting for fuel temperature shall be 400'C as measured in an instrumented fuel element with a pin power peaking factor between 0.87 and 1.16, or 500'C as measured in an instrumented fuel element with a pin power peaking factor of at least 1.16.
2. The limiting safety system setting for reactor power level shall be 1.25 MW.

Basis

1. The limiting safety system setting is a temperature which, if exceeded, shall cause a reactor scram to be initiated preventing the safety limit from being exceeded.

Analyses performed in section 4.7.6 of the LEU Conversion Analysis] show that with the IFE in a core location with a pin power peaking factor of at least 0.87, the maximum fuel temperature would be no greater than 678 0 C if the IFE thermocouple reaches 400'C providing a margin of 472°C to the safety limit. The same analyses also show that with the IFE in a core location with a pin power peaking factor of at least 1.16, the maximum fuel temperature would be no greater than 678°C if the IFE thermocouple reaches 500'C providing a margin of 472°C to the safety limit.

In the pulse mode of operation, the same limiting safety system setting will apjly.

However, the temperature channel will have no effect on limiting the peak powers generated because of its relatively long time constant (seconds) as compared with the width of the pulse (milliseconds). In this mode, however, the temperature trip will act to reduce the amount of energy generated in the entire pulse transient by cutting off the "tail" of the energy transient in the event the pulse rod remains stuck in the fully withdrawn position.

2. Analysis in section 4.7 of the Conversion Analysis SAR shows that at'1.3 MW, the peak fuel temperature in the core willbe approximately 604'C so.that the limiting o power level setting provides an ample safety margin to accommodate errors in power level measurement and anticipated operational transients.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-11I

TS 3 LIMITING CONDITIONS FOR OPERATION TS 3.1 Reactor Core Parameters TS 3.1.1 Excess Reactivity Applicability This specification applies to the reactivity condition of the reactor and the reactivity worths of control elements and applies for all modes of operation.

Objective The objective is to assure that the reactor can be shut down at all times.

Specification The excess reactivity shall not exceed 5.6% Ak/k.

Basis As shown in chapter 4 of the SAR, this amount of excess reactivity will provide the capability to operate the reactor at full power with experiments in place.

The primary limitation providing reactivity safety, however, is the shutdown margin requirement discussed in the next specification.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-12

TS 3.1.2 Shutdown Margin Applicability This specification applies to the reactivity condition of the reactor and the reactivity worths of control elements and applies for all modes of operation.

Objective The objective is to assure that the reactor can be shut down at all times.

Specification The reactor shall not be operated unless the shutdown margin provided by control rods shall be greater than 0.2% Ak/k with:

1. the highest worth non-secured experiment in its most reactive state,
2. the highest worth control element and the regulating blade (if not scrammable) fully withdrawn, and
3. the reactor in the reference core condition.

Basis The value of the shutdown margin assures that the reactor can be shut down from any operating condition even if the highest worth control element should remain in the fully withdrawn position. If the regulating blade is not scrammable, its worth is not used in determining the shutdown reactivity.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-13

TS 3.1.3 Pulse Limits Applicability This specification applies to the reactivity worth of the transient rod and pulse interlocks based on power level. It applies to pulse mode operation.

Obiective The objective is to assure that the fuel temperature safety limit will not be exceeded.

Specification

1. The reactivity to be inserted for pulse operation shall be determined and mechanically limited such that the reactivity insertion will not exceed 1.4%

Ak/k.

2. Pulses shall not be initiated at power levels exceeding 1 kilowatt.

Basis

1. The LEU Conversion SAR section 4.7.10 shows by analysis that a 1.4

%Ak/k limitation on pulse reactivity will result in a maximum fuel temperature of 790'C. This leaves a margin to the 11506C Safety Limit of 360'C, and a margin of 40'C to the 830'C operational limit recommended by General Atomics, "Pulsing Temperature Limit for TRIGA LEU Fuel,"

GA-C260 17 (December, 2007).

2. The temperature rise from pulse initiation is in addition to the temperature in the fuel at the time the pulse is initiated. Limiting the initial power level to I kW assures that excessive temperatures will not be reached.

TS 3.1.4 Core Configurations Applicability This specification applies to the configuration of fuel and in-core experiments.

Obiective The objective is to assure that provisions are made to restrict the arrangement of fuel elements and experiments so as to provide assurance that excessive power densities will not be produced.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-14

Specification

1. The core shall be an arrangement of TRIGA LEU 30/20 uranium-zirconium hydride fuel-moderator bundles positioned in the reactor grid plate.
2. The reactor shall not be operated with a core lattice position vacant except for positions on the periphery of the core assembly.
3. The reflector, excluding experiments and experimental facilities, shall be water or a combination of graphite and water.
4. Fuel shall not be inserted or removed from the core unless the reactor is subcritical by more than the calculated worth of the most reactive fuel assembly.
5. Control elements shall not be manually removed from the core unless the core has been shown to be subcritical with all control elements in the full out position.

Basis

1. TRIGA cores have been in use for years and their characteristics are well documented. LEU cores including 30/20 fuel have also been operated at General Atomics and Texas A&M and their successful operational characteristics are available. In addition, the analysis performed at Wisconsin indicates that the LEU 30/20 core will safely satisfy all operational recruirements. See chapters 4 and 13 of the LEU Conversion Analysis SAR.
2. Vacant core lattice positions will contain experiments or an experimental facility to prevent accidental fuel additions to the reactor core. They will be permitted only on the periphery of the core to prevent power perturbations in regions of high power density.
3. The core will be assembled in the reactor grid plate which is located in a pool of light water. Water in combination with graphite reflectors can be used for neutron economy and the enhancement of experimental facility radiation requirements.

4-5. Manual manipulation of core components will be allowed only when a single manipulation can not result in inadvertent criticality.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-15

TS 3.1.5 Reactivity Coefficients Does not apply to TRIGA reactors.

TS 3.1.6 Fuel Parameters Applicability This specification applies to the dimensional and structural integrity of the fuel elements.

Obiective The objective is to assure that the reactor will not be operated with defective fuel elements installed.

Specification

.The reactor shall not be operated with damaged fuel except for purposes of identifying the damaged fuel. A fuel element shall be considered damaged and must be removed from the core if:

1. In measuring the transverse bend, its sagitta 3 exceeds 0.125 inch over the length of the cladding;
2. In measuring the elongation, the length of the cladding exceeds its original length by 0.125 inch;
3. A clad defect exists as indicated by detection of release of fission products.
4. The fuel has not been visually inspected within the previous 15 months.
5. The burnup of uranium-235 45 in the UzrH fuel matrix exceeds 50 percent of the initial concentration. '

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-16

Basis The limit of transverse bend has been shown to result in no difficulty in disassembling the core. Analysis of the removal of heat from touching fuel elements shows that there will be no hot spots resulting in damage to the fuel caused by this touching. Experience with TRIGA reactors has shown that fuel element bowing that could result in touching has occurred without deleterious effects. The elongation limit has been specified to assure that the cladding material will not be subjected to stresses that could cause a loss of integrity in the fuel containment and to assure adequate coolant flow through the top grid plate.

TS 3.2 Reactor Control and Safety Systems TS 3.2.1 Operable Control Rods Applicability This specification applies to the number of operable control elements that must exist in order to operate the reactor.

Obiective The objective of this requirement is to insure that the reactor may be shut down from any condition of operation.

Specification The reactor shall not be operated unless at least three control elements are operable and scrammable in accordance with TS 3.2.2.

Basis In most cores the limits on shutdown margin actually dictate the number of operable control elements required. Non-pulsing cores do not require presence of a transient control rod if the shutdown margin requirements are met by the control blades.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-17

.TS 3.2.2 Reactivity Insertion Rates (Scram time)

Applicability This specification applies to the time required for the scrammable control elements to be fully inserted from the instant that a safety channel variable reaches the Safety System Setting.

Obiective The objective is to achieve prompt shutdown of the reactor to prevent fuel damage.

Specification The scram time measured from the instant a simulated signal reaches the value of the LSSS to the instant that the slowest scrammable control element reaches its fully inserted position shall not exceed 2 seconds.

Basis This specification assures that the reactor will be promptly shut down when a scram signal is initiated. Experience and analysis have indicated that for the range of transients anticipated for a TRIGA reactor, the specified scram time is adequate to assure the safety of the reactor.

TS 3.2.3 Other Pulsed Operation Limitations Limitations other than those on core configuration and pulsed reactivity insertion limits are not required on this reactor.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-1 8,

TS 3.2.4 Reactor Safety System Applicability This specification applies to the reactor safety system channels.

Objective The objective is to specify the minimum number of reactor safety channels that must be operable for safe operation.

Specification The reactor shall not be operated unless the safety channels described in Table 3.2.4 are operable.

Table 3.2.4 Reactor Safety System Channels Number operable Safety Channel Setpoint and Function in specified mode SS SW PU Fuel Temperature Scram if fuel temperature exceeds 400'C in 1 1 the fuel temperature safety channel for an instrumented fuel element pin power peaking factor of 0.87-1.16, or 500'C for an instrumented fuel element pin power peaking factor greater than 1.16.

Linear Power Level Scram if power > 125% full power 2 2 -

Manual Scram Manually initiated scram I 1 Preset Timer Transient rod scram 15 seconds or less after - 1 pulse Reactor water leve.l Scram if < 19 feet above top of core I1 1 High Voltage Monitor Scram on loss of high voltage to neutron and 1 1 1 gamma ray power level instrument detectors Reactor water temperature Scram if> 130°F 1 1 I UWNR Technical Specifications TS-19

Basis The fuel temperature and power scrams provide protection to ensure that the reactor is shut down before the safety limit on fuel temperature is reached.

The manual scram allows the operator a means of rapid shutdown in the event of unsafe or abnormal conditions.

The preset timer assures reduction of reactor power to a low level after a pulse.

The reactor pool water level scram assures shutdown of the reactor in the event of a serious leak in the primary system or pool.

The high voltage monitor prevents operation of the reactor with other systems inoperable due to failure of the detector high voltage supplies.

The reactor pool water temperature scram prevents operation of the reactor in an un-analyzed condition.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-20

TS 3.2.5 Interlocks Applicability This section applies to the interlocks which inhibit or prevent control element withdrawal or reactor startup.

Objective The objective of these interlocks is to prevent operation under unanalyzed or imprudent conditions.

Specification The reactor shall not be operated in the.indicated modes unless the interlocks in Table 3.2.5 are operable.

Table 3.2.5 Interlocks Number operable Channel Setpoint and Function in specified mode SS SW PU Log Count Rate Prevent control element withdrawal when 1 1 1 neutron count rate < 2 per second Transient Rod Control Prevent application of air to fire transient rod 1 0 0 unless drive is at IN limit.

Log N Power Level Prevent application of air to fire transient rod I I I when power level is above 1 kW and transient rod is not full in.

Pulse Mode Control Prevents withdrawal of control blades while 0 0 1 in pulse mode.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-21

Basis The Log count rate interlock does not allow control element withdrawal unless the neutron count rate is high enough to assure proper instrument response during reactor startup.

The Transient Rod Control interlock prevents inadvertent addition of excessive amounts or reactivity in steady-state modes.

The Log N interlock prevents firing of the transient rod at power levels above 1.0 kW if the transient rod drive is not in the full down position. This

'effectively prevents inadvertent pulses which might cause fuel temperature to exceed the safety limit on fuel temperature.

The pulse mode control blade withdrawal interlock prevents reactivity addition in pulse mode other than by firing the transient rod.

TS 3.2.6 Backup Shutdown Mechanisms Backup shutdown mechanisms arenot required for this reactor.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-22

TS 3.2.7 Bypassing Channels Applicability This specification applies to the interlocks in Table 3.2.5.

Obiective The objective is to indicate the conditions in which an interlock may be bypassed.

Specification The Log Count Rate interlock in Table 3.2.5 may be bypassed:

During fuel loading in order to allow control element withdrawal necessary for the fuel loading procedure or When LogPower Level and Linear Power Level channels are on-scale.

Basis During early stages of fuel loading the count-rate on the source range channel will be below the interlock setpoint. The bypass allows control element movements necessary for loading fuel with control elements partially withdrawn and for performing, inverse multiplication determinations of control element worth and core reactivity status. Once the other power indications are available the startup count rate channel is no longer required, so the interlock no longer serves any purpose.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-23

TS 3.2.8 Control Systems and Instrumentation Required for Operation Applicability This specification applies to the information which must be available to the reactor operator during reactor operation.

Objective The objective is to require that sufficient information is available to the operator to assure safe Operation of the reactor.

Specification The reactor shall not be operated unless measuring channels listed in Table 3.2.8 are operable.

Table 3.2.8 Instrumentation and Controls Required for Operation Number operable Channel Function in specified mode SS SW PU Fuel Temperature Input for fuel temperature scram. 1 1 1 Linear Power Level Input for safety system power level scram 2 2 0 Log Power Level Wide range power indication, permissive for 1 1 0 initiation of Pulse Mode Startup Log Count Rate Wide range power indication, permissive for 1* 1* 0 control element withdrawal Pulsing Power Level Pulse power level indication 0 0 1

'I' Required during startup only until the Log Power Level and Linear Power Level channels are on-scale. See TS 3.2.7.

Basis Fuel temperature indicated at the control console gives continuous information on the process variable which has a specified safety limit.

The power level monitors assure that reactor power level is adequately monitored for all modes of operation.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-24

TS 3.3 Reactor Pool Water Systems Applicability This specification applies to the pool containing the reactor and to the cooling of the core by the pool water.

Objective The objective is to assure that coolant water shall be available to provide adequate cooling of the reactor core and adequate radiation shielding and to prevent damage to in-pool components by corrosion.

Specification

1. A pool level alarm shall indicate loss of coolant if the pool level drops one foot or more below normal level.
2. A pool water temperature alarm shall indicate if water temperature reaches 130'F.
3. The reactor shall not be operated if the conductivity of the pool water exceeds 5 micromhos/cm (<0.2 MegOhm-cm) when averaged over a period of one week.
4. The reactor shall not be operated if the radioactivity of pool water exceeds the limits of 10 CFR Part 20 Appendix B Table 3 for radioisotopes with half-lives >24 hours.

Basis I. Loss of coolant alarm, after one foot of loss, requires corrective action. This alarm.

is observed in the reactor control room and outside the reactor building.

2. The thermal-hydraulic analysis in the SAR assumes a pool water temperature of J130'F. If the temperature exceeds 130'F then the alarm will prevent continued operation in an un-analyzed condition.
3. The conductivity limit assures that materials within the pool will not be degraded and that the radioactivity of the pool water will be minimized.
4. Analyses in section 12.2.9 of the Safety Analysis Report show that limiting the activity to this level will not result in any person being exposed to concentrations greater than those permitted by 10 CFR Part 20.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-25

TS 3.4 Confinement Applicability These specifications apply to the room housing the reactor and the ventilation system controlling that room.

Objective The objective is to provide restrictions on release of airborne radioactive materials to the environs.

TS 3.4.1 Operations That Require Confinement Specification Confinement is required for reactor operation or any movement of irradiated fuel or fueled experiments with significant fission product inventory outside of containers, systems, or storage areas.

Basis During reactor operation or movement of irradiated fuel there is the potential for a release of radioactivity from the fuel clad. Confinement will limit the consequences to the public from such a release.

TS 3.4.2 Equipment to Achieve Confinement Specification To achieve confinement, the ventilation system must be operating in accordance with TS 3.5.

Basis With the ventilation system operating any potential fission product release will be swept out of the lab and exhausted from a monitored and elevated release point to limit the consequences to the public from such a release.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-26

TS 3.5 Ventilation Systems Applicability This specification applies to the operation of the reactor laboratory ventilation system.

Objective The objective is to assure that the ventilation system is in operation to mitigate the consequences of the possible release of radioactive materials resulting from reactor operation.

Specification The reactor shall not be operated unless the ventilation system is operating. The ventilation system is considered operating if:

1. One stack exhaust fan is operating,
2. Exhaust flow-rate is at least 9600 scfm,
3. Exhaust filter total pressure drop is less than 2.5 inches of water column.

Basis It is shown in the SAR Chapter 11 that Argon-41 release at zero stack height results in concentrations less than the concentrations permitted for non-restricted areas.

However, the calculations indicate that operation of the ventilation system significantly reduces the concentration to which the public would be exposed. Exposures in the event of a fuel element cladding leak are also calculated based on non-operation of the ventilation system, but are significantly reduced with the ventilation system running. Therefore, operation of the reactor with the ventilation system running will minimize exposure to the public from routine operation and hypothetical accidents.

TS 3.6 Emergency Power Emergency power systems are not required for this facility.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-27

TS 3.7 Radiation Monitoring Systems and Effluents TS 3.7.1 Monitoring Systems Applicability This specification applies to the radiation monitoring information which must be available to the reactor operator during reactor operation.

Objective The objective is to assure that sufficient radiation monitoring information is available to the operator to assure safe operation of the reactor.

Specification The reactor shall not be operated unless the radiation monitoring channels listed in Table 3.7.1 are operable..

Table 3.7.1 Radiation Monitoring Systems Radiation Monitoring Function Number Channels*

Area Radiation Monitor Monitor radiation levels within the reactor room 3 Exhaust Gas Radiation Monitor radiation levels in the exhaust air stack I Monitor 2 Exhaust Particulate Radiation Monitor radiation levels in the exhaust air stack I Monitor Environmental Radiation TLD dosimeters evaluated on a quarterly basis 4 Monitors record exposure in area surrounding the stack

  • For periods of time, not to exceed I week, for maintenance to the radiation monitoring channels, the intent of this specification will be satisfied if they are replaced with portable gamma sensitive instruments having their own alarms or which shall be kept under visual observation.

Basis The radiation monitors provide information to operating personnel of any impending or existing danger from radiation so that there will be sufficient time to evacuate the facility and take the necessary steps to prevent the spread of radioactivity to the surroundings. The environmental monitors are placed in

.areas immediately surrounding the reactor laboratory to record actual dose that would have been delivered to a person continually present in the area.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-28

TS 3.7.2 Effluent (Argon-41) Discharge Limit Applicability This specification applies to the concentration of Ar-41 which may be discharged from the facility.

Objective The objective is to assure that the health and safety of the public are not endangered by the discharge of Ar-41.

Specification The concentration of Ar-41 in the effluent gas from the facility, as diluted by atmospheric air in the lee of the facility as a result of the turbulent wake effect, shall not exceed 1x10.8 pCi/ml averaged over one year.

Basis 10 CFR Part 20 Appendix B, Table II specifies a limit of I x 10- 8Ci/ml for Ar-41. Chapter 13 of the LEU Conversion SAR calculates that the maximum ground-level concentration from operation of the ventilation system is 3.6 x 10-5

ýtCi/ml per Ci/sec discharged. A ground-level concentration of I x 10-8 Ci/mI would result from a discharge rate of 278 [tCi/sec; the resulting stack exhaust concentration would be 6.14x10- 5 pCi/ml. Chapter 11 of the SAR calculates that the maximum hypothetical Ar-41 release rate is only 13.3 ýtCi/ml..

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-29

TS 3.8 Experiments Applicability These specifications apply to experiments installed in the reactor and its experimental facilities.

Objective The objective is to prevent damage to the reactor or excessive release of radioactive materials in the event of an experiment failure.

TS 3.8.1 Reactivity Limits Specification The reactor shall not be operated unless the following conditions governing experiments exist:

1. The sum of the absolute values of the reactivity worths of all non-secured experiments does not exceed 0.7 %Ak/k.
2. The reactivity worth of any single secured experiment does not exceed 1.4

%Ak/k.

3. The sum of the absolute values of the reactivity worths of all experiments, both secured and non-secured, does not exceed the maximum excess reactivity specified in TS 3.1.1.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-30

Basis

1. This specification is intended to provide assurance that the worth of non-secured experiments will be limited to a value such that the safety limit, will not be exceeded if the positive worth of all experiments were to be suddenly inserted (SAR Chapter 13).
2. The maximum worth of a single experiment is limited so that its removal from the cold critical reactor will not result in the reactor achieving a power level high enough to exceed the core temperature safety limit. Since experiments of such worth must be fastened in place, its removal from the.

reactor operating at full power would result in a relatively slow power increase such that the reactor protective systems would act to prevent high power levels from being attained. SAR accident analysis includes a sudden addition of 1.4 %Ak/k from firing the transient control rod while operating at the power level scram point, a more severe transient than that which could result from removal of a fixed experiment with the same reactivity worth.

3. This specification provides assurance that by removing all installed experiments the maximum excess reactivity specified in TS 3.1.1 would not be exceeded.

TS 3.8.2 Materials Specification

1. Explosive materials, such as gunpowder, TNT, nitroglycerin, or PETN, in quantities greater than 25 milligrams shall not be irradiated in the reactor or experimental facilities. Explosive materials in quantities less than 25 milligrams may be irradiated provided the pressure produced upon detonation of the explosive has been calculated and/or experimentally demonstrated to be less than half the design pressure of the container.
2. Experiment materials, except fuel materials, which could off-gas, sublime, volatilize, or produce aerosols under (1) normal operating conditions of the experiment or reactor, (2) credible accident conditions in the reactor, or (3) possible accident conditions in the experiment shall be limited in activity such that if 100% of the gaseous activity or radioactive aerosols produced escapedto the reactor room or the atmosphere, the airborne concentration of radioactivity averaged over a year would not exceed the limit of Appendix B of 10 CFR Part 20.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-31

3. In calculations pursuant to 2 above, the following assumptions shall be used:
a. If the effluent from an experimental facility exhausts through a holdup tank which closes automatically on high radiation level, at least 10% of the gaseous activity or aerosols produced will escape.
b. If the effluent from an experimental facility exhausts through a filter installation designed for greater than 99% efficiency for 0.3 micron particles, at least 10% of these particles can escape.
c. For materials whose boiling point is above 130°F and where vapors formed by boiling this material can escape only through an undisturbed column of water above the core, at least 10% of these vapors can escape.
d. An atmospheric dilution factor of 3.6x 10- 5 gCi/ml per Ci/s for gaseous discharges from the facility.
4. Each fueled experiment shall be controlled such that the total inventory of iodine isotopes 131 through 135 in the experiment is no greater than 1.5 curies.

Basis

1. This specification is intended to prevent damage to reactor components resulting from failure of an experiment involving explosive materials.

2-3. These specifications, are intended to reduce the likelihood that airborne activities in excess of the limits of Appendix B of 10 CFR Part 20 will be released to the atmosphere outside the facility boundary of the UWNR. The dilution factor is based on computations reported in Chapter II and Appendix A of the Safety Analysis Report.

4. The 1.5 curie limitation on iodine 131 through 135 assures that in the event of failure of a fueled experiment leading to total release of the iodine, the exposure dose at the exclusion area boundary will be less than that allowed by 10 CFR Part 20 for an unrestricted area.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-32

TS 3.8.3 Experiment Failure and Malfunctions Specification If a capsule fails and releases material which could damage the reactor fuel or structure by corrosion or other means, removal and physical inspection of the capsule shall be performed to determine the consequences and need for corrective action. The results of the inspection and any corrective action taken shall be reviewed by the Reactor Director or designated alternate and determined to be satisfactory before operation of the reactor is resumed.

Basis Operation of the reactor with a failed capsule is prohibited to prevent damage to the reactor fuel or structure. Failure of a capsule must be investigated to assure no damage has or will occur.

TS 3.9 Facility Specific LCOs There are no facility specific LCOs at this facility..

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-33

TS 4 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS In accordance with section 4.0 of Standard ANSI/ANS-1 5.1, the following terms for average surveillance intervals shall allow, for operational flexibility only, maximum times between surveillance intervals as indicated below unless otherwise specified within the specification.

  • Five-year interval not to exceed six years.
  • Biennial interval not to exceed two and one-half years.
  • Annual interval not to exceed 15 months.
  • Semiannual interval not to exceed seven and one-half months.
  • Quarterly interval not to exceed four months.
  • Monthly interval not to exceed six weeks.
  • Weekly interval not to exceed.ten days
  • Daily interval must be done within the calendar day.

Scheduled surveillances, except those specifically required when the reactor is shut down, may be deferred during shutdown periods, but be completed prior to subsequent reactor startup unless operation is required for the performance of the surveillance. Scheduled surveillances which cannot be performed with the reactor operating may be deferred until a planned reactor shutdown. If the reactor is not operational in a particular mode, surveillances required specifically for that mode may be deferred until the reactor becomes operational in that mode.

General Applicability This specification applies to the surveillance requirements of any system related to reactor safety.

Objective The objective is to verify the proper operation of any system related to reactor safety after maintenance or modification of the system.

Specification Any additions, modifications, or maintenance to the ventilation system, the core and its associated support structure, the pool or its penetrations, the pool coolant system, the rod drive mechanism, or the reactor safety system shall be made and tested in accordance with the specifications to which the systems were originally designed and fabricated or to specifications approved by the Reactor Safety Committee. A system shall not be considered operable until after it is successfully tested.

Basis This specification relates to changes in reactor systems which could directly affect the safety of the reactor. As long as changes or replacements to these systems continue to meet the 6riginal design specifications, then it can be assumed that they meet the presently accepted operating criteria.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-34

TS 4.1 Reactor Core Parameters Applicability This specification applies to the surveillance requirements for measurements, tests, and calibrations of reactor core parameters.

Objective The objective is to verify the core parameters which are directly related to reactor safety.

Specification

1. Excess reactivity Excess reactivity shall be determined at least annually and after changes in either the core, in-core experiments, or control elements for which the predicted change in reactivity exceeds the absolute value of the specified shutdown margin.
2. Shutdown margin The shutdown margin shall be determined at least annually and after changes in either the core, in-core experiments, or control elements.
3. Pulse limits The reactor shall be pulsed semiannually to compare fuel temperature measurements and peak power levels with those of previous pulses of the same reactivity value.
4. Core configuration Each planned change in core configuration shall be determined to meet the requirements of Sections 3.1(4) and 5.3 of these specifications before the core is loaded.
5. Reactivity Coefficients Power defect and pulsing characteristics shall be measured during startup testing of cores containing different fuel compositions and compared to predictions in the Safety Analysis Report.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-35

6. Fuel Parameters
a. All fuel elements shall be inspected visually for damage or deterioration annually.
b. Uninstrumented fuel elements which have been resident in the core during the previous year shall be measured for length and sagitta annually. Fuel elements shall not be added to a core unless a measurement of length and sagitta has been completed within the previous fifteen months.
c. Fuel elements in the hottest assumed location, as well as representative elements in each of the rows, shall be measured for possible damage in the event there is indication that the Limiting Safety System Setting may have been exceeded.

Basis 1-2. Annual measurements, coupled with measurements made after changes that can affect reactivity values provide adequate assurance that core behavior will be as analyzed. The reactivity values in TRIGA LEU 30/20 fuel change very slowly with fuel burnup.

3. Semiannual verifications assure no changes in behavior are resulting from fuel characteristic changes.
4. Checking contemplated core configurations against requirements will prevent inadvertent loading of cores which do not meet power peaking restraints imposed by composition restrictions.
5. Measurements made during core startup testing are sufficient to assure core behavior will be as analyzed.
6. Annual inspection of the TRIGA fuel has been shown adequate to assure fuel element integrity through a long history of standard operation.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-36

TS 4.2 Reactor Control and Safety Systems Applicability This specification applies to the surveillance requirements for measurements, tests, and calibrations of the control and safety systems.

Objective The objective is to verify the performance and operability of-those systems and components which are directly related to reactor safety.

-J Specification

1. Reactivity worth of control elements The reactivity worth of control elements shall be determined upon substantiative changes in core composition or arrangement and annually thereafter.
2. Control element withdrawal and insertion speeds Control element drive withdrawal and insertion speeds shall be measured annually and following maintenance to the control element or the control element drive mechanism.
3. Transient Rod and Associated Mechanism The transient rod drive cylinder and associated air supply system shall be inspected, cleaned, and lubricated as necessary annually.
4. Scram times of control and safety elements The scram time for all scrammable control elements shall be measured annually and following maintenance to the control elements or their drives.
5. Scram and Power Measuring Channels.
a. A channel test of each Reactor Safety System measuring channel in Table 3.2.4 items (I) through (4).and the interlocks in Table 3.2.5 required for the intended modes of operation shall be performed within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> before each day's operation or prior to each operation extending more than one day.
b. A channel test of items (5), (6), and (7) in Table 3.2.4 shall be performed semi-annually.
c. A channel calibration of items (1) and (2) in Table 3.2.4 shall be performed annually.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-37

6. Operability Tests This concern is covered by the General Surveillance criterion at the beginning of this section.
7. Thermal Power Calibration-Forced Convection Not applicable tothis reactor
8. Thermal Power Calibration-Natural Convection A Channel Calibration shall be made of the power level monitoring channels by the calorimetric method upon substantiative changes in core composition or arrangement and annually thereafter.
9. Control Element Inspection The control elements shall be visually inspected for deterioration biennially.

Basis

1. Control element wvorths change slowly unless the core arrangement is changed, so annual measurement is sufficient to assure safety.
2. Control element insertion or withdrawal speeds are fixed by the motor design and thus do not change except.for extreme binding conditions within the drive.
3. Transient rod drive and air supply includes filtration and lubrication, so an annual check coupled with pre-startup checks is sufficient to assure operabilty.
4. Measurement of the scram time on an annual basis is a check not only of the scram system electronics, but also is an indication of the capability of the control rods to

.perform properly.

5. The items I through 4 in the table are essential safety equipment and thus should be checked frequently, even though no failures have been observed by checkout in nearly 50 years of operation. Frequent testing is unnecessary for item 5, a simple float switch which is very unlikely to fail, and has performed for nearly 50 years without a failure. Testing item 6, the high voltage monitor scram, results in changing the voltage to the neutron detectors. This introduces step changes into the signal circuits of the measuring channels which can lead to long recovery times and a significant increase in failures of the measuring channels. Further, since the checkout of the linear safety channels is a source check, if high voltage were lost that check would not be possible if the voltage had been lost.
6. The general requirement for checks of equipment operability after maintenance or modification of systems will reveal any loss of safety functions due to the maintenance or modification.
8. The power level channel calibration will assure that the reactor will be operated at the proper power levels.
9. Annual checks in other TRIGA reactors and for nearly 50 years in this reactor have been sufficient to insure no failures due to deterioration.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-38

TS 4.3 Coolant Systems Applicability This specification applies tothe reactor pool water.

Objective The objective is to assure the water quality and radioactivity is within the defined limits Specification The pool water conductivity and radioactivity shall be measured quarterly.

Basis Pool water conductivity is continuously'monitored, but Would be manually monitored on a quarterly basis if the instruments failed. Radioactivity is indirectly monitored by an area radiation monitor near the demineralizer bed, so gross activity increases would be detected immediately. Experience with TRIGA reactors indicates the earliest detection of fuel clad leaks is usually from airborne activity, rather than pool water activity. The quarterly measurement can identify specific radionuclides.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-39

TS 4.4 Confinement Applicability This specification applies to the reactor confinement.

Obiective The objective is to assure that air is swept out of confinement and exhausted through a monitored release point.

Specification The ventilation system shall be verified operable in accordance with TS 4.5 quarterly.

Basis Because the ventilation system is the only equipment required to achieve confinement, operability checks of the ventilation system meet the functional testing requirements for confinement.

TS 4.5 Ventilation Systems Applicability This specification applies to the building confinement ventilation system.

Obiective The objective is to assure the proper operation of the ventilation system in controlling releases of radioactive material to the uncontrolled environment.

Specification it shall be verified quarterly and following repair or maintenance that the ventilation system is operable.

Basis Over 30 years of experience with the previous ventilation system has demonstrated that testing the system quarterly is sufficient to assure the proper operation of the system and control of the release of radioactive material. The new ventilation system is expected to exceed the reliability of the previous system so quarterly testing is still appropriate.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-40

TS 4.6 Emergency Electrical Power Systems Not Applicable.

TS 4.7 Radiation Monitoring Systems and Effluents TS 4.7.1 Radiation Monitoring Systems Applicability This specification applies to the surveillance requirements for the area radiation monitoring equipment and the stack air monitoring system.

Objective The objective is to assure that the radiation monitoring equipment is operating and to verify the appropriate alarm settings.

Specification The radiation monitoring and stack monitoring systems shall be calibrated annually and shall be verified to be operable by monthly source checks or channel tests.

Basis Experience has shown that monthly verification of area radiation monitor operability and setpoints in conjunction with the downscale-failure feature of the instrument is adequate to assure operability. Annual calibration is adequate to correct for any variation in the system due to a change of operating characteristics over a long time span. Annual calibrations and monthly source or channel checks of the stack particulate and gaseous monitors, along with the high or low flow alarms associated with the monitor assure operability and accuracy.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-41

TS 4.7.2 Effluents Applicability This specification applies to gaseous and liquid discharges from the reactor laboratory.

Objective The objective is to assure that ALARA and 10 CFR Part 20 limits are observed.

Specification Liquid radioactive waste discharged to the sewer system shall be sampled for radioactivity to assure levels are below applicable limits before discharge.

Results of the measurements shall be recorded and reported in the Annual Report.

The total annual release of gaseous radioactivity to the environment shall be recorded and reported in the Annual Report..

Basis Liquid waste releases are batch releases, so the liquid can be sampled before release.. Air activity discharged is continuously recorded and the integrated release is reported.

TS 4.8 Experiments No surveillances are required.

TS 4.9 Facility-Specific Surveillance Not applicable. There is no facility-specific surveillance.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-42

TS 5 DESIGN FEATURES TS 5.1 Site and Facility Description Applicability This specification applies to the room housing the reactor and the ventilation system controlling that room.

Objective The objective is to provide restrictions on release of airborne radioactive materials to the environs.

Specification

1. The reactor shall be housed in a closed room designed to restrict leakage. The minimum free volume shall be 2,000 cubic meters.
2. All air or other gas exhausted from the reactor room and the Beam Port and Thermal Column Ventilation System shall be released to the environment a minimum of 30.5 meters above ground level.
3. The operations boundary shall be the Reactor Laboratory, room 1215 of the Mechanical Engineering Building. The operations boundary shall be a restricted area.
4. The site boundary shall be that portion of the center and east wings of the Mechanical Engineering Building south of the north lobby, plus the portion of Engineering Drive south of the designated areas of the building. The site boundary may be a non-restricted area.

Basis Calculations in Chapter 13 of the SAR demonstrate that the occupational doses in the event of the maximum hypothetical accident do not exceed limits if the lab volume is at least 2000 cubic meters. Furthermore, calculations in Chapter 13 that assume operation of the ventilation system assume a stack height of 30.5m. The Reactor Director has direct authority over all activities within room 1215 of the Mechanical Engineering Building. The Reactor Director may directly initiate emergency activities within the site boundary. The site boundary may be frequented by people unacquainted with reactor operations.

UWNR Technical Specifications T S-43

TS 5.2 Reactor Coolant System Applicability This specification applies to the pool containing the reactor and to the cooling of the core by the pool water.

Objective The objective is to assure that coolant water shall be available to provide adequate cooling of the reactor core and adequate radiation shielding. (

Specification

1. The reactor core shall be cooled by natural convective water flow.
2. The pool water inlet pipe to the demineralizer shall not extend more than 15 feet into the top of the reactor pool when fuel is in the core. The outlet pipe from the demineralizer shall be equipped with a check valve and siphon breaker to prevent inadvertent draining of the pool.
3. Diffuser and other auxiliary systems pumps shall be located no more than 15 feet below the top of the reactor pool.
4. All other piping and pneumatic tube systems entering the pool shall have siphon breakers and valves or blind flanges which will prevent draining more than 15 feet of water from the pool.
5. A pool level alarm shall indicate loss of coolant if the pool level drops approximately one foot below normal level.
6. A pool water temperature alarm shall indicate if water temperature reaches 130'F.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-44

Basis

1. The LEU Conversion SAR Section 4.7.8 shows by analysis that the natural convective cooling of the reactor core is sufficient to maintain the fuel in a safe condition up to at least a power level of 1500 kW (the power level Safety Limit).
2. The inlet pipe to the demineralizer is positioned so that a siphonaction will drain less than 15 feet of water. The outlet pipe from the demineralizer discharges into a pipe entering the bottom of the pool through a check valve which prevents leakage from the pool by reverse flow from pipe ruptures or improper operation of the demineralizer valve manifold. In addition, the pipe has a loop equipped with a siphon breaker which prevents loss of pool water.
3. In the event of pipefailure and siphoning of pool water, the pool water level will drop no more than 15 feet from the top of the pool.
4. Other pipes which enter the pool have siphon breakers which prevent pool drainage. Valves are provided for pneumatic tube system lines and primary cooling system pipes. Other piping installed in the pool has blind flanges permanently installed.
5. Loss of coolant alarm, after one foot of loss, requires corrective action. This alarm is observed in the reactor control room and outside the reactor building.
6. The thermal-hydraulic analysis in the SAR assumes a pool water temperature of 1307F. If the temperature exceeds 1307F then the alarm will prevent continued operation in an un-analyzed condition.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-45

TS 5.3 Reactor Fuel Applicability This specification applies to the fuel elements used in the reactor core.

Obiective The objective is to assure that the fuel elements are of such a design and fabricated in such a manner as to permit their use with a high degree of reliability with respect to their physical and nuclear characteristics.

Specification The individual unirradiated TRIGA LEU 30/20 fuel elements shall have the following characteristics:

1. Uranium content: maximum of 30 Wt-% enriched to maximum of 19.95 Wt-%

with nominal enrichment of 19.75 Wt-% Uranium 235.

2. Hydrogen-to-zirconium atom ratio (in the ZrHx): nominal 1.6 H atoms to 1.0 Zr atoms with a maximum H to Zr ratio of 1.65.
3. Natural erbium content (homogeneously distributed): nominal 0.9 Wt-%.
4. Cladding: 304 stainless steel, nominal 0.020 inch thick.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-46

Basis The fuel specification permits a maximum uranium enrichment of 19.95%.

This is about 1% greater than the design value for 19.75% enrichment. Such an increase in loading would result in an increase in power density of less than 1%. An increase in local power density of 1% reduces the safety margin by less than 2% (Texas A&M LEU Conversion SAR, December 2005).

2. The maximum hydrogen-to-zirconium ratio of 1.65 could result in a maximum stress under accident conditions in the fuel element clad about a factor of two greater than the value resulting from a hydrogen-to-zirconium ratio of 1.60.

However, this increase in the clad stress during an accident would not exceed the rupture strength of the clad (M.T. Simnad, "The U-ZrHx Alloy: Its Properties and Use in TRIGA Fuel," General Atomics Report E-1 17-833, February, 1980).

3. The fuel specification for a single fuel element permits a minimum erbium content of about 5.6% less than the design value of 0.90 Wt-%. (However, the quantity of erbium in the full core must not deviate from the design value by more than -3.3%). This variation for a single fuel element would result in an increase in fuel element power density of about 1-2%. Such a small increase in local power density would reduce the safety margin by less than 2% (Texas A&M LEU Conversion SAR, December 2005).
4. Stainless steel clad has been shown through decades of operation to provide a sufficient barrier against fission product release with minimal corrosion.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-47

TS 5.4 Reactor Core Applicability This specification applies to the configuration of fuel and in-core experiments.

Objective The objective is to assurethat provisions are made to restrict the arrangement of fuel elements and experiments so as to provide assurance that excessive power densities will not be produced.

Specification

1. The core shall be an arrangement of TRIGA LEU 30/20 uranium-zirconium hydride fuel-moderator bundles positioned in the reactor grid plate.
2. The reactor shall not be operated with a core lattice position vacant except for positions on the periphery of the core assembly.
3. The reflector, excluding experiments and experimental facilities, shall be water or a combination of graphite and water.

Basis

1. TRIGA cores have been in use for years and their characteristics are well documented. LEU cores including 30/20 fuel have also been operatedat General Atomics and Texas A&M and their successful operational characteristics are available. In addition, the analysis performed at Wisconsin indicates that the LEU 30/20 core will safely satisfy all operational requirements. See chapters 4 and 13 of the LEU Conversion Analysis SAR:
2. Vacant core lattice positions will contain experiments or an experimental facility to prevent accidental fuel additions to the reactor core. They will be permitted only on the periphery of the core to prevent power perturbations in regions of high power density.
3. The core will be assembled in the reactor grid plate which is located in a pool of light water. Water in combination with graphite reflectors can be used for neutron economy and the enhancement of experimental facility radiation requirements.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-48

TS 5.5 Control Elements Applicability This specification applies to the control blades and transient control rod.

Objective The objective is to assure that control elements are fabricated to reliably perform their intended control and safety function.

Specification

1. The safety blades shall be constructed of boral plate and shall have scram capability.
2. The regulating blade shall be constructed of stainless steel.
3. The transient rod shall contain borated graphite or boron and its compounds in a solid form as a poison in an aluminum or stainless steel clad. The transient control rod shall have scram capability and may incorporate an aluminum or air follower.

Basis The boral safety blades and stainless steel regulating blade used in the reactor have been shown to provide adequate reactivity worth, structural rigidity, and reliability to assure reliable operation and long life under operating conditions. The transient control rod materials and fabrication techniques have been used in many TRIGA reactors and have demonstrated reliable operation and long life.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-49

TS 5.6 Fissionable Material Storage Applicability This specification applies to the storage of reactor fuel at times when it is not in the reactor core.

Obiective The objective is to assure that fuel which is being stored will not become critical and will not reach an unsafe temperature.

Specification

1. All fuel elements shall be stored in a geometrical array where the value of k-effective is less than 0.8 for all conditions of moderation.
2. Irradiated fuel elements and fueled devices shall be stored in an array which will permit sufficient natural convection cooling by water or air such that the fuel element or fueled device temperature will not exceed design values.

Basis The limits imposed by specifications 5.6.1 and 5.6.2 are conservative and assure safe storage.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-50

TS 6. ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS TS 6.1 Organization TS 6.1.1 Structure The reactor facility shall be an integral part of the Engineering Physics Department of the College of Engineering of the University of Wisconsin-Madison. The reactor shall be related to the University structure as shown in Figure 14-1.

The Radiation Safety office performs audit functions for both the Radiation Safety Committee and the Reactor Safety Committee and reports to both committees as well as to the Reactor Director.

TS 6.1.2 Responsibility The Reactor Director is responsible for all activities at the facility, including licensing, security, emergency preparedness, and maintaining radiation exposures as low as reasonably achievable.

The reactor facility shall be under the direct control of a Reactor Supervisor designated by the Reactor Director. The Reactor Supervisor shall be responsible for assuring that all operations are conducted in a safe manner and within the limits prescribed by the facility license, procedures, and the requirements of the Radiation Safety Committee and the Reactor Safety Committee.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-51

BOARD OF REGENTS CHANCELLOR - MADISON CAMPUS (ANSI/ANS-156.1 Level 1)

I UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN RADIATION SAFETY COMMITTEE CHAIR ENGINEERING PHYSICS DEPARTMENT (ANSI/ANS-15:1 Level 1) F REACTOR SAFETY COMMITTEE I

REACTOR DIRECTOR:

,(ANSI/ANS-15.1 Level 2)

I .- I REACTOR SUPERVISOR (SRO) I (ANSI/ANS*15&.1 Level 3)

EALTERNATE SUPERVISORS (SRO) I

[ (ANSI/ANS-1 5.1 Level 3)

[ REACTOR OPERATORS (RO)

(ANSI/ANS-1 5.1 Level 4)

Figure 14-1, Organization Chart Reporting Lines Communication Lines --

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-52

TS 6.1.3 Staffing

1. The minimum staffing when the reactor is not secured shall be:
a. A licensed reactor operator in the control room (if senior operator licensed, may also be the person required in c).
b. A second designated person present at the facility capable of carrying out prescribed written instructions.
c. A designated senior reactor operator shall be readily available at the facility or on call. On call means the individual can be rapidly reached by phone or radio and is within 30 minutes or 15 miles of the reactor facility.
2. A list of reactor facility personnel by name and telephone number shall be readily available in the control room for use by the operator.
3. )A licensed senior reactor operator shall be present at the facility for:
a. Initial startup and approach to power.
b. All fuel handling or control-element relocations.
c. Relocation of any in-core experiment with a reactivity worth greater than 0.7% AK/K.
d. Recovery from unplanned or unscheduled shutdown or significant power reduction.

TS 6.1.4 Selection and Training of Personnel The selection, training, and requalification of operations personnel shall meet or exceed the requirements of ANSI/ANS-15.4-1988 Sections 4-6.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-53

TS 6.2 Review and Audit There shall be a Reactor Safety Committee which shall review and audit reactor operations to assure that the facility is operated in a manner consistent with public safety and within the conditions of the facility license.

TS 6.2.1 Composition and Qualifications The Committee shall be composed of a least six members, one of whom shall be a Health Physicist from the University of Wisconsin Safety Department Radiation Safety Office. The Committee shall collectively possess expertise -

in the following disciplines:

1. Reactor Physics;
2. Heat transfer and fluid mechanics;
3. Metallurgy
4. Instruments and Control Systems;
5. Chemistry and Radio-chemistry;
6. Radiation Safety.

TS 6.2.2 Charter and Rules The Committee shall meet at least annually.

The Committee shall formulate written standards regarding the activities of the full committee; minutes, quorum, telephone polls for approvals not requiring a formal meeting, and subcommittees.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-54

TS 6.2.3 Review Function The responsibilities of the Reactor Safety Committee shall include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Review and approval of experiments utilizing the reactor facilities;
2. Review and approval of all proposed changes to the facility, procedures, license, and technical specifications;
3. Determination of whether a proposed change, test or experiment would constitute an unreviewed safety question or a change in Technical Specifications;
4. Review of abnormal performance of plant equipment and operating anomalies having safety significance; and
5. Review of unusual or reportable occurrences and incidents which are reportable under 10 CFR Part 20 and 10 CFR Part 50.
6. Review of audit reports.
7. Review of violations of technical specifications, license, or procedures and orders having safety significance.

TS 6.2.4 Audit Function A Health Physicist from the University of Wisconsin Safety Department Radiation Safety Office shall represent the University Radiation Safety Committee and shall conduct an inspection of the facility at least monthly to assure compliance with the regulations of 10 CFR Part 20. The services and inspection function of the Health Physics Office shall also be available to the Reactor Safety Committee, and will extend the scope of the audit to cover license, technical specification, and procedure adherence.

The committee shall audit operation and operational records of the facility, requalification program, security plan, and emergency plan and its implementing procedures. If the committee chooses to use the staff of the Health Physics organization for the audit function, the reports of audit results will be distributed to the committee and included as an agenda item for committee meetings.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-55

TS 6.3 Radiation Safety The Reactor Laboratory shall meet the requirements of the University Radiation Safety Regulations as submitted for the University Broad License, License Number 25-1323-01 and is subject to the authority of the state license.

The Reactor Director shall have responsibility for maintaining radiation exposures as low as reasonably achievable and for implementation of laboratory procedure for insuring compliance with 10. CFR Part 20 regulations.

TS 6.4 Procedures Written operating procedures shall be adequate to assure the safety of operation of the reactor, but shall not preclude the use of independent judgment and action should the situation require such. Operating procedures shall be in effect for the following items:

1. Testing and calibration of reactor operating instrumentation and controls, control rod drives, area radiation monitors, and air particulate monitors;
2. Reactor startup, operation, and shutdown;
3. Emergency and abnormal conditions, including provisions for evacuation, reentry, recovery, and medical support;
4. Fuel element and experiment loading or unloading;
5. Control rod removal or replacement;
6. Routine maintenance of the control rod drives and reactor safety and interlock systems or other routine maintenance that could have an effect on reactor safety;
7. Actions to be taken to correct specific and foreseen potential malfunctions of systems or components, including responses to alarms and abnormal reactivity changes; and
8. Civil disturbances on or near the facility site.

Substantive changes to the above procedures shall be made only with the approval of the Reactor Safety Committee. Temporary changes to the procedures that do not change their original intent may be made by the Senior Operator in control or designated alternate. All such temporary changes shall be documented and subsequently reviewed by the Reactor Safety Committee.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-56

TS 6.5 Experiment Review and Approval

1. Routine experiments may be perforined at the discretion of the senior operator responsible for operation without the necessity of further review or approval.
2. Prior to performing any experiment which is not a routine experiment, the proposed experiment shall be evaluated by the senior operator responsible for operation.

The senior operator shall consider the experiment in terms of its effect on reactor operation and the possibility and consequences of its failure, including where significant, consideration of chemical reactions, physical integrity, design life, proper cooling, interaction with core components, reactivity effects, and interactions with reactor instrumentation.

3. Modified routine experiments may be performed at the discretion of the senior operator responsible for operation without the necessity of further review or approval provided that the evaluation performed in accordance with Section 6.5(2) results in a determination that the hazards associated with the modified routine experiment are neither greater nor significantly different than those involved with the corresponding routine experiment which shall be referenced.
4. No special experiment shall be performed until the proposed experiment has been reviewed and approved by the Reactor Safety Committee.
5. Favorable evaluation of an experiment shall conclude that failure of the experiment will not lead directly to damage of reactor fuel or interference with movement of a control element.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-57

TS 6.6 Required Actions TS 6.6.1 Action to be Taken in Case of Safety Limit Violation In the event a safety limit is exceeded:

1. The reactor shall be shut down and reactor operation shall not be resumed until authorized by the NRC.
2. An immediate report of the occurrence shall be made to the Chairman, Reactor Safety Committee, and reports shall be made to the NRC in accordance with Section 6.7 of these specifications, and
3. A report shall be prepared which shall include an analysis of the causes and extent of possible resultant damage, efficacy of corrective action, and recommendations for measures to prevent or reduce the probability of recurrence. This report shall be submitted to the Reactor Safety Committee (RSC) for review and then submitted to the NRC when authorization is sought to resume operation of the reactor.

TS 6.6.2 Action to be Taken in the Event of an Occurrence of the Type Identified in 6.7.2(1)b., and 6.7.2(1)c.

In the event of a reportable occurrence (see TS 1.3) the following actions shall be taken:

1. The reactor shall be shut down.
2. The Director or designated alternate shall be notified and corrective action taken with respect to the operations involved,
3. The Director or designated alternate shall notify the Chairman of the Reactor Safety Committee,
4. A report shall be made to the Reactor Safety Committee which shall include an analysis of the cause of the occurrence, efficacy of corrective action, and recommendations for measures to prevent or reduce the probability of recurrence, and
5. A report shall be made to the NRC in accordance with Section 6.7.2 of these specifications.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-58

TS 6.7 Reports TS 6.7.1 Operating Reports I. An annual report covering the activities of the reactor facility during the previous calendar year shall be submitted (in writing to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Attn: Document Control Desk, Washington, DC 20555) within six months following the end of each calendar year, providing the following information:

a. A brief narrative summary of (1) operating experience (including experiments performed), (2) changes in facility design, performance characteristics, and operating procedures related to reactor safety and occurring during the reporting period, and (3) results of surveillance tests and inspections;.
b. Tabulation of the energy output (in megawatt days) of the reactor, hours reactor was critical, and the cumulative total energy output since initial criticality;
c. The number of emergency shutdowns and inadvertent scrams, including reasons therefor;
d. Discussion of the major maintenance operations performed during the period, including the effect, if any, on the safety of the operation of the reactor and the reasons for any corrective maintenance required;
e. A brief description, including a summary of the safety 'evaluations of changes in the facility or in the procedures and of tests and experiments carried pursuant to Section 50.59 of 10 CFR Part 50;
f. A summary of radiation exposures received by facility personnel and visitors, including dates and time of significant exposures and a summary of the results of radiation and contamination surveys performed within the facility; and
g. A description of any environmental surveys performed outside the facility.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-59

h. A summary of the nature and amount of radioactive effluents released or discharged to the environs beyond the effective control of the licensee as measured at or prior to the point of such release or discharge; (1) Liquid Effluents (summarized on a monthly basis)

Liquid radioactivity discharged during the reporting period tabulated as follows:

(a) Total estimated radioactivity released (in curies).

(b) The isotopic composition if greater than 1 x 0 microcuries/cc for fission and activation products.

(c) Total radioactivity (in curies), released by nuclide, during the reporting period based on representative isotopic analysis.

(d) Average concentration at point of release (in microcuries/cc) during the reporting period and the fraction of the applicable limit in 10 CFR Part 20.

(e) Total volume (in gallons) of effluent water (including diluent) during periods of release.

(2) Exhaust Effluents (summarized on a monthly basis)

Radioactivity discharged during the reporting period (in curies) for:

(a) Gases.

(b) Particulates with half lives greater than eight days.

(c) The estimated activity (in curies) discharged during the reporting period, by nuclide, for all gases and particulates based on representative isotopic analysis and the fraction of the applicable 10 CFR Part 20 limits for these values.

(3) Solid Waste (a) The total amount of solid waste packaged (in cubic feet).

(b) The total activity involved (in curies).

(c) The dates of shipment and disposition(if shipped off site).

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-60

2. A report within 60 days after completion of startup testing of the reactor (in writing to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Attn* Document Control Desk, Washington, D.C. 20555) upon receipt of a new facility license or an amendment to the license authorizing an increase in reactor power level describing the measured values ofthe operating conditions or characteristics of the reactor under the new conditions including:
a. An evaluation of facility performance to date in comparison with design predictions and specifications, and
b. A reassessment of the safety analysis submitted with the license application in light of measured operating characteristics when such measurements indicate that there may be substantial variance from prior analysis.

TS 6.7.2 Special Reports

1. There shall be a report of any of the following not later than the following day by telephone or similar conveyance to the NRC Headquarters Operation Center, and followed by a written report describing the circumstances of the event and sent within 14 days to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory commission, Attn: Document Control Desk, Washington, D.C. 20555:
a. Any accidental release of radioactivity above permissible limits in unrestricted areas whether or not the release resulted in property damage, personal injury, or exposure;
b. Any violation of a safety limit; and
c. Any reportable occurrences as defined in TS 1.3 of these specifications.
2. A written report within 30 days in writing to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory commission, Attn: Document Control Desk, Washington, D.C. 20555 of:
a. Permanent changes in facility organization at Reactor Director or Department Chair level.
b. Any significant change in the transient or accident analysis as described in the Safety Analysis Report; UWNR Technical Specifications TS-61

TS 6.8 Records TS 6.8.1 Records to be Retained for a Period of at least Five Years or for the Life of the Component Involved if Less than Five Years

1. Normal reactor facility operation (but not including supporting documents such as checklists, log sheets, etc. which shall be maintained for a period of at least one year),
2. Principal maintenance activities,
3. Reportable occurrences,
4. Surveillance activities required by the Technical Specifications,
5. Reactor facility radiation and contamination surveys where required by applicable regulations,
6. Experiments performed with the reactor,
7. Fuel inventories, receipts, and shipments,
8. Approved changes in operating procedures,
9. Records of meeting and audit reports of the review and audit group.

TS 6.8.2 Records to be Retained for at Least One Certification Cycle Record of retraining and requalification of certified operations personnel 'shall be maintained at all times the individual is employed or until the certification is renewed. For the purposes of this technical specification, a certification is an NRC issued operator license.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-62

TS 6.8.3 Records to be Retained for the Lifetime of the Reactor Facility Annual reports which contain the information in items 1 and 2 may be used as records for those items.

1. Gaseous and liquid radioactive effluents released to the environs,
2. Offsite environmental monitoring surveys required by technical specifications,
3. Radiation exposures for all personnel monitored,
4. Updated, corrected, and as-built drawings of the facility.
5. Notification that safety limit was exceeded.
6. Notification that automatic safety system did not function as required.
7. Notificationof failure to meet limiting conditions for operation.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-63

TS 7 REFERENCES

1. LEU Conversion SAR, 2008, as amended.
2. GA-9064, pages 3-1 to 3-23.
3. "Sagitta" refers to the bow of the element and means the maximum excursion of the clad surface from a chord connecting the two ends of the clad surface.
4. Simnad and West, 1986.
5. NUREG-1282.

UWNR Technical Specifications TS-64

Retrieved from "https://kanterella.com/w/index.php?title=ML101690137&oldid=2131702"